TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health...

228
NHS LIVERPOOL CLINICAL COMMISSIONING GROUP GOVERNING BODY TUESDAY 8 TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE (lunch to be provided at 12.30pm) Part 1: Introductions and Apologies 1.1 Declarations of Interest All 1.2 Minutes and action points from the meetings Attached held on 11 th August 2015 All 1.3 Matters Arising All Part 2: Updates 2.1 Feedback from Committees: Report no: GB 60-15 Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee - Dave Antrobus 18 th August 2015 Primary Care Commissioning Committee - Dave Antrobus 21 st August 2015 Finance Procurement & Contracting Committee Tom Jackson 25 th August 2015 Committees in Common - 2 nd September 2015 Katherine Sheerin 2.2 Feedback from CCG Network - 2 nd September 2015 Report no: GB 61-15 Katherine Sheerin 2.3 Chief Officer’s Update Verbal Katherine Sheerin 2.4 NHS England Update Verbal Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update from Health & Wellbeing Board Verbal Dr Nadim Fazlani Page 1 of 2 1 1

Transcript of TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health...

Page 1: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

NHS LIVERPOOL CLINICAL COMMISSIONING GROUP

GOVERNING BODY TUESDAY 8TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM

BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE (lunch to be provided at 12.30pm)

Part 1: Introductions and Apologies 1.1 Declarations of Interest All 1.2 Minutes and action points from the meetings Attached

held on 11th August 2015 All 1.3 Matters Arising All Part 2: Updates 2.1 Feedback from Committees: Report no: GB 60-15

Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee - Dave Antrobus 18th August 2015

Primary Care Commissioning Committee - Dave Antrobus 21st August 2015

Finance Procurement & Contracting Committee Tom Jackson 25th August 2015

Committees in Common - 2nd September 2015 Katherine Sheerin

2.2 Feedback from CCG Network - 2nd September 2015 Report no: GB 61-15 Katherine Sheerin

2.3 Chief Officer’s Update Verbal Katherine Sheerin 2.4 NHS England Update Verbal Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update from Health & Wellbeing Board Verbal Dr Nadim Fazlani

Page 1 of 2 11

Page 2: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Part 3: Performance 3.1 CCG Performance Report Report no: GB 62-15 Stephen Hendry Part 4: Strategy & Commissioning

4.1 Healthy Liverpool Investments – Report no: GB 63-15 Assistive Technology and PHR Investment Case Dr Maurice Smith/

Tony Woods

Part 5: Governance

5.1 Corporate Risk Register Report no: GB 64-15 Stephen Hendry

5.2 NHS Liverpool CCG Complaints, Concerns Report no: GB 65-15 And Compliments Policy (August 2015) Stephen Hendry

5.3 NHS Liverpool Clinical Commissioning Group Report no: GB 66-15

Quality Strategy (2015 – 2017) Jane Lunt

6. Questions from the Public

7. Date and time of next meetings: Extra-ordinary meeting: Tuesday, 29 September 2015 at 2pm, Boardroom, Arthouse Square Tuesday 13th October 2015 at 1pm Boardroom, Arthouse Square

For Noting: Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee – 2nd June 2015 Finance Procurement & Contracting Committee 4th August 2015 Committees in Common – 5th August 2015

Exclusion of Press and Public: that in view of the confidential nature of the business to be transacted, members of the public, press and non voting members be excluded from the

meeting at this point.

Page 2 of 2 22

Page 3: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Report no: GB 60-15 NHS LIVERPOOL CLINICAL COMMISSIONING GROUP

GOVERNING BODY TUESDAY 8TH SEPTEMBER 2015

Title of Report Feedback from Committees Lead Governor Dr Nadim Fazlani, Dr Rosie Kaur, Dave Antrobus, Prof,

Maureen Williams Senior Management Team Lead

Cheryl Mould, Head of Primary Care Quality & Improvement, Tom Jackson, Chief Finance Officer, Jane Lunt, Head of Quality/Chief Nurse, Katherine Sheerin, Chief Officer

Report Author(s)

Cheryl Mould, Head of Primary Care Quality & Improvement Tom Jackson, Chief Finance Officer Jane Lunt, Head of Quality/Chief Nurse

Summary The purpose of this paper is to present the key issues discussed, risks identified and mitigating actions agreed at the following committees: Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee - 18th

August 2015 Primary Care Commissioning Committee -21st

August 2015 Finance Procurement & Contracting Committee -

25th August 2015 Committees in Common - 2nd September 2015

This will ensure that the Governing Body is fully engaged with the work of committees, and reflects sound governance and decision making arrangements for the CCG.

Recommendation That Liverpool CCG Governing Body: Considers the report and recommendations from the

committees

Impact on improving health outcomes, reducing inequalities and promoting

As per each Committee’s Terms of Reference

Page 1 of 12

2525

Page 4: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

financial sustainability Relevant Standards or targets

Page 2 of 12

2626

Page 5: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

QUALITY SAFETY AND OUTCOMES COMMITTEE

TUESDAY 18TH AUGUST 2015 3PM TO 5PM ROOM 2 4TH FLOOR ARTHOUSE SQUARE

A G E N D A

1. Welcome & Introductions ALL

2. Declaration of Interests ALL

3. Minutes and Action notes from 2nd June 2015 Chair

4. Matters Arising:

4.1 Safeguarding Capacity Flow Chart

5. Trust Contract Quality - Early Warning Dashboard QSOC 22-15

Kellie Connor

6. Liverpool Community Health – Pressure Ulcer reporting QSOC 23-15 and the management of Serious Incidents Denise Roberts 7. Liverpool Community Health Quality Review QSOC 24-15

Kerry Lloyd

8. Health Care Acquired Infection (HCAI) in the Liverpool QSOC 25-15 Health Economy (2015-2016 YTD) Kerry Lloyd

9. Safeguarding Service Report QSOC 26-15

Esther Golby

10. Update regarding Care Quality Commission QSOC 27-15 Inspections Kellie Connor

11. Care Act Update QSOC 28-15 Helen Smith

Page 3 of 12

2727

Page 6: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

12. Liverpool Clinical Laboratories Verbal Denise Roberts

13. NHS Liverpool CCG Complaints, Concerns and QSOC 29-15 Compliments Policy (August 2015) Steve Hendry

14. Risk Register QSOC 30-15 Jane Lunt

15. Liverpool CCG Quality Strategy 2015-2017 QSOC 31-15

Kerry Lloyd

16. Discharge Planning – Internal Hospital Standards QSOC 32-15 Jane Keenan

Date & Time of next meeting Tuesday 20th October 2015 3pm to 5pm Meeting Room 2 Arthouse Square

Page 4 of 12

2828

Page 7: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

LIVERPOOL CCG CORPORATE GOVERNANCE TEMPLATE – COMMITTEE MINUTES Committee: Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee

Meeting Date: 18th August 2015 Chair: Dave Antrobus

Key issues: Risks Identified: Mitigating Actions: 1. Poor discharge planning from acute

trusts.

• Patient flow within acute trusts is impeded.

• Poorer outcomes for patients due to

poor assessment.

• Lack of ownership at ward level.

• Hospital based discharge standards approved and implemented within acute trusts.

• Wider work around “discharge to

assess” approach continues.

2. Liverpool Community Health – current national approach to Serious Incidents process challenges ability to embed change regarding pressure ulcer prevention.

• Current Serious Incident process focusses on individualised approach to each incident – reducing potential for system learning and change.

• Future management will take a system approach – aggregating themes with one action plan to support improvement in pressure ulcer prevention and subsequent reduced incidence.

3. Liverpool Community Health in

enhanced surveillance due to requirement to improve quality of provision for some services.

• Difficult to assess pace of improvement due to internal and external influences – such as internal restructuring.

• Quality Review, led by NHS England late July 2015.

• Commissioners, NHS England and

LCH determine common understanding of current position.

• LCH remains on Enhanced

Surveillance.

• Review in 6 months – monitoring of improvement plan by CCGs.

Recommendations to NHS Liverpool CCG Governing Body: 1. Note the issues and the actions to mitigate risks.

Page 5 of 12 2929

Page 8: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

NHS LIVERPOOL CLINICAL COMMISSIONING GROUP PRIMARY CARE COMMISSIONING COMMITTEE

EXTRAORDINARY MEETING FRIDAY 21ST AUGUST 2015 AT 1PM

BOARDROOM – ARTHOUSE SQUARE

A G E N D A

Part 1: Introductions and Apologies 1.1 Declarations of Interest All Part 2: Strategy & Commissioning 2.1 Development of The Liverpool GP Provider PCCC 13-15 Organisation Katherine Sheerin 3. Any Other Business ALL 4. Date and time of next meeting: Tuesday 15th September 2015 10am Boardroom, Arthouse Square

Page 6 of 12 3030

Page 9: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

LIVERPOOL CCG CORPORATE GOVERNANCE TEMPLATE – COMMITTEE MINUTES Committee: Primary Care Commissioning Meeting Date: 21 August 2015 Chair: Dave Antrobus

Key issues: Risks Identified: Mitigating Actions:

1. The development of the Liverpool GP

Foundation • That the GP Federation does not

materialise in time to support delivery of enhanced Primary Care

• To recruit a senior manager (employed by the CCG) for 12 months to support the development of the GP Federation with accountability to the CCG.

Recommendations to NHS Liverpool CCG Governing Body: 1. To note the issues and risks.

Page 7 of 12 3131

Page 10: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

FINANCE, PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING COMMITTEE TUESDAY 25 AUGUST 2015 AT 10:00am – 12:30pm

ROOM 2 – ARTHOUSE SQUARE

AGENDA

1. Welcome and Introductions All 2. Declaration of Interests (form available) All 3. Minutes and action notes of previous meeting held on 4 August 2015 Chair 4. St Helens & Knowsley Overperformance Report no:FPCC48-15

Teresa Clark / Derek Rothwell

5. Healthy Lung Pilot Report no:FPCC49-15 Michelle Timoney

6. Transition of Adult Services for Children & Report no: FPCC50-15

Young People with complex needs Jane Lunt/Alison Williams

7. Finance & Contract Performance update Report no:FPCC51-15 Phil Saha

8. Contract Update Verbal Alison Picton/ Derek Rothwell

9. Any Other Business All

Page 8 of 12 3232

Page 11: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Date of next meeting(s): 2015 monthly meetings: 4th Tuesday of the month 10am – 12:30pm

Room 2 – Arthouse Square

Tuesday 22 Sept 2015 10am-12.30pm

Room 2 Arthouse Square

Tuesday 27 October 2015 10am-12.30pm

Room 2 Arthouse Square

Tuesday 24 November 2015 10am-12.30pm

Room 2 Arthouse Square

Tuesday 22 December 2015 10am-12.30pm

Room 2 Arthouse Square

Tuesday 26 January 2016 10am-12.30pm

Room 2 Arthouse Square

Tuesday 23 February 2016 10am-12.30pm

Room 2 Arthouse Square

Tuesday 22 March 2016 10am-12.30pm

Room 2 Arthouse Square

Page 9 of 12 3333

Page 12: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

LIVERPOOL CCG CORPORATE GOVERNANCE TEMPLATE – COMMITTEE MINUTES Committee: Finance, Procurement & Contracting Committee

Meeting Date: 25 August 2015 Chair: Dr Nadim Fazlani

Key issues:

Risks Identified: Mitigating Actions:

1. Implementation of Healthy Lung Pilot

• Procurement route for an innovative and evolving pilot may hamper implementation

• 6 monthly iterative contracts, potentially for the 3 years of the pilot.

Recommendations to NHS Liverpool CCG Governing Body: 1. To note the above issues, risks and mitigating actions.

Page 10 of 12 3434

Page 13: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

HEALTHY LIVERPOOL PROGRAMME RE-ALIGNING HOSPITAL BASED CARE

COMMITTEE(S) IN COMMON (CIC)

KNOWSLEY, LIVERPOOL AND SOUTH SEFTON CCGS

WEDNESDAY 2nd SEPTEMBER 2015 Civic Suite, Runcorn Town Hall, Heath Road, Runcorn WA7 5TD

Time 4:00pm – 5:30pm

1. Welcome and Introductions All

2. Minutes / Actions from the 5th August 2015 Meeting All

3. Healthy Liverpool Programme overview T Jackson

4. Strengthening commissioning across CCGs K Sheerin

5. Update from NHS England (Specialised Commissioning) A Bibby

6. Key Next Steps All

7. Any other business All

8. Date of Next Meeting – Wednesday 7th October 2015 4:00pm - 5:30pm (venue same as the CCG Network)

Page 11 of 12 3535

Page 14: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

LIVERPOOL CCG CORPORATE GOVERNANCE TEMPLATE – COMMITTEE MINUTES Committee: Healthy Liverpool Committees

in Common Meeting Date: 2 September 2015 Chair: Dr Nadim Fazlani

Key issues: Risks Identified: Mitigating Actions: 1. Joint working across Knowsley, South

Sefton and Liverpool CCGs in commissioning hospital services

• Lack of alignment of plans leading to poorer quality services

• Map of current work/plans across key areas

• Agree common approach • Meet jointly with providers to share

plans Recommendations to NHS Liverpool CCG Governing Body:

1. Note the key issues and risks

Page 12 of 12 3636

Page 15: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Report no: GB 61-15

NHS LIVERPOOL CLINICAL COMMISSIONING GROUP GOVERNING BODY

TUESDAY 8TH SEPTEMBER 2015

Title of Report Feedback from Merseyside Clinical Commissioning Groups Network

Lead Governor Dr Nadim Fazlani, Chair

Senior Management Team Lead

Katherine Sheerin, Chief Officer

Report Author

Katherine Sheerin, Chief Officer

Summary The purpose of this paper is to present the key issues discussed, risks identified and mitigating actions agreed at the Merseyside CCG Network on 2nd September 2015. This will ensure that the Governing Body is fully engaged with the work of the Merseyside CCG Network and reflects sound governance and decision making arrangements for the CCG.

That Liverpool CCG Governing Body: Considers the reports and recommendations

from Merseyside CCG Network

Impact on improving health outcomes, reducing inequalities and promoting financial sustainability

By working collaboratively with CCGs across Merseyside we will ensure that opportunities are maximised for Liverpool patients and the consequence of commissioning services understood and managed.

Relevant Standards or targets

Standards of Good Governance Putting Patients First 2014 – 16 Everyone Counts: Planning for Patients 2014/15

Page 1 of 3 3737

Page 16: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

JOINT CHESHIRE & MERSEYSIDE CCG NETWORK Wednesday 2nd September 2015, 13.00 pm to 16.00pm

Lunch available from 12.30pm. Civic Suite, Runcorn Town Hall Heath Road, Runcorn, WA7 5TD

Time No

Item

Verbal or

Report

Lead

13:00 15/124 Welcome Verbal Simon Banks

13:05 15/125 AQUA Verbal Dave Fillingham

13.20 15/126 DOS Benchmarking Review Paper Ian Davies

13.35 15/127 Liverpool City Region Verbal All

13.50 15/128 Future of MSK Services Verbal Sharon Elliott

14.05 15/129 Neuro Rehab Update Verbal Martin Stanley

14.20 15/130 NWCSU Transition Verbal Martin Stanley

14.35 15/131 Specialised Commissioning Follow Up Verbal Simon Banks

14.50 15/132 Maternity Review Verbal Simon Banks

15.05

15/133

Updated On Call Arrangements

Verbal

Dianne Johnson

15.20

15/134

Divert/ Deflect Policy

Paper

Simon Banks

15.35

15/135

C&M Strategic Clinical Networks Business Plan 2015-16

Paper

Simon Banks

15.50

15/136

Collaborative Stroke Network

Verbal

Dave Sweeney

16:00

15/137

Any Other Business

Verbal

Simon Banks / All

Page 2 of 3

3838

Page 17: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

LIVERPOOL CCG CORPORATE GOVERNANCE TEMPLATE – COMMITTEE MINUTES Committee: CCG Network

Meeting Date: 2 September 2015

Chair: Simon Banks (NHS Halton CCG)

Key issues:

Risks Identified: Mitigating Actions:

1. Need to consider future joint working across CCGs to maximise commissioning potential.

• Loss of local identity • Loss of existing areas of good practice

• Options to be considered by CCG Network/each CCG.

• Paper to be developed by K Sheerin.

2. Strategic Clinical Networks Business • Lack of coherence/alignment across commissioners/SCNs leading to duplication of effort/delays in agreeing service changes.

• Meeting with SCN lead to explore how commissioners/SCNs can support and complement each other.

Recommendations to NHS Liverpool CCG Governing Body:

1. Agreement to create a joint approach to developing stroke services across Merseyside, with implementation on a North and Mid Mersey footprint

Page 3 of 3 3939

Page 18: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

4040

Page 19: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Report no: GB 62-15

NHS LIVERPOOL CLINICAL COMMISSIONING GROUP

GOVERNING BODY

TUESDAY 8TH SEPTEMBER 2015

Title of Report CCG Corporate Performance report

Lead Governor Dr Nadim Fazlani

Senior Management Team Lead

Stephen Hendry, Acting Head of Operations and Corporate Performance

Report Author

Stephen Hendry, Acting Head of Operations and Corporate Performance

Summary The purpose of this paper is to report to the Governing Body key aspects of the CCG’s performance in delivery of quality, performance and financial targets for month 4 (July) 2015/16.

Recommendation That Liverpool CCG Governing Body: Notes the performance of the CCG in delivery

of key national performance indicators and the recovery actions taken to improve performance

Impact on improving health outcomes, reducing inequalities and promoting financial sustainability

The report provides evidence of the progress being made across the organisation at both an organisational and individual service provider level.

Relevant Standards or targets

NHS Outcomes Framework 2015/16; The Forward View Into Action: Planning for 2015/16; CCG Assurance Framework 2015/16

Page 1 of 22

41

Page 20: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

LIVERPOOL CCG PERFORMANCE REPORT SEPTEMBER 2015 1. PURPOSE The purpose of this paper is to report to the Governing Body key aspects of the CCG’s performance against delivery of quality, performance and financial targets for the financial year 2015/16. 2. RECOMMENDATIONS That Liverpool CCG Governing Body: Notes the performance of the CCG in delivery of key national performance

indicators and the recovery actions taken to improve performance, if required. 3. BACKGROUND The CCG is held to account by NHS England for corporate performance against delivery of key indicators within the CCG Outcome Indicator Set of the NHS Outcomes Framework 2015/16 and operational standards expected from the NHS Constitution. For the financial year 2015/16, the CCG also has to demonstrate how it is to fulfil the vision set out in the NHS Five Year Forward View whilst continuing to deliver high quality and timely care for the people of Liverpool. The CCG therefore has to be assured that the services we commission are delivering the required quality standards and that any risks and issues relating to service quality and patient safety are identified; with positive action taken to address areas of sub-optimal performance. The CCG has established robust governance frameworks and committee structures in order to monitor performance and provide assurance to the Governing Body that key risks to the organisation are being identified and effectively managed. For example, the Quality, Safety and Outcomes Committee has responsibility for quality and performance issues within its commissioned services, whereas the Finance, Procurement and Contracting Committee has responsibility for financial monitoring and contract activity. The Performance Report for the financial year 2015/16 will provide a summary of CCG performance in relation to the NHS Outcomes Framework 2015/16 (including newly

Page 2 of 22

42

Page 21: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

introduced Mental Health access waits indicators) and performance analysis against key Public Health/local outcomes; providing the Governing Body with an integrated report structure which maps progress against statutory reporting requirements, measurement across the priority programme areas of Mental Health; Healthy Ageing; Long Term Conditions; Children; Learning Disabilities, Urgent Care and Cancer. Due to the way in which these indicators are measured, a high proportion of these elements will be reported on a quarterly and annual basis, or as and when key data is made available/refreshed. Due to the transitional direction of commissioning support services, some issues in relation to the quality, timing and accuracy of some data flows still remain. The CCG Business Intelligence (BI) Team continue to work closely with CSU to ensure continuity and stability of key information areas. The structure, content and presentation of the Corporate Performance report continues to develop in 2015/16 with the aim of presenting a more detailed analysis in terms of quality and patient safety. The report is based on the published and validated data available as at 31st July 2015. As a consequence of the timing of submissions to meet NHS Liverpool CCG’s governance reporting and data schedules, this report updates the Governing Body with a combination of data up to the end of May and/or June 2015. 4. NATIONAL PERFORMANCE MEASURES NHS Liverpool CCG is committed to ensuring that patient rights under the NHS Constitution are consistently upheld. National Performance Measures are reflective of the key priority areas detailed in the NHS Outcomes Framework 2015/16 and include measurements against Quality (including Safety, Effectiveness and Patient Experience) and Resources (including Finance, Capability and Capacity). In addition to analysing local performance against these indicators, CCGs are expected to achieve improvements against indicators across the five domains as detailed in the NHS Outcomes Framework and NHS Operational Planning Measures 2015/16 which represent the high-level national outcomes the NHS is expected to be aiming to improve. Headline commentary is provided below to draw the Governing Body’s attention to specific areas of performance which represent risks to delivery, and to the relevant assurances on internal control measures in place to mitigate those risks.

Page 3 of 22

43

Page 22: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

4.1 Access & Waiting Times 4.1.1 Good Performance Indicator Narrative A&E Waits - % of patients who spend 4 hours or less in A&E (cumulative) 95% threshold GREEN

A&E (all types) performance data for July 2015 has the CCG performing at 96.5%, maintaining a ‘Green’ rating for the third consecutive month. At Trust level the Royal Liverpool achieved 96.7% (all types) for July 2015 whilst Aintree Hospital maintained its positive performance at 96.3% (all types). Provisional trust data released for August 2015 for A&E Type 1 performance however suggests that the Royal Liverpool Hospital was below target at 92.40% for August 2015 (91.67% year-to-date) whilst Aintree Hospitals Type 1 performance was 89.04%. The A&E performance trajectory dashboard was not available for July or August 2015 and is therefore not included as an appendix to this report.

Assurance on CCG control measures Aintree Hospitals and the Royal Liverpool A&E performance continue to be discussed formally by the System Resilience Group (SRG). Focus now moves from recovery to supporting sustained achievement of the 4hr standard at both Trusts (the RLBUHT Recovery Plan continues to be monitored closely by the CCG).

Page 4 of 22

44

Page 23: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Indicator Narrative Ambulance Response Times. GREEN

Individual CCG performance for July 2015 (which was not available for the August 2015 Governing Body Performance Report) is summarised below:

• Red 1: 8 minute response - 88.2% against 75% target (87.3% year-to-date)

• Red 2: 8 minute response - 84.3%% against 75% target (year-to-date 85.3%)

• All Reds: 19 minute response – 96.4% against 95% target (year-to-date 97.6%)

At Trust level, NWAS performance through August 2015 has held up well overall, with the three national targets delivered at both a North West and Cheshire & Merseyside level (CCG Specific level data for August is not yet available).

• Red 1: NW 77.64%; C & M 79.10% • Red 2: NW 75.50%; C & M 76.57% • All Reds: NW 95.12%; C & M 96.84%

Assurance on CCG control measures The Trust continues to work closely with commissioners to maximise the opportunities of ‘heal and treat’ and ‘see and treat’ responses as an alternative to conveyance to hospital.

Indicator Narrative Diagnostics - Percentage of Patients waiting for more than 6 weeks for a diagnostic test (target – 1%) GREEN (July 2015)

June CCG performance against the diagnostic measure is below the 1% threshold for the second consecutive month, with June 2015* figures reported at 0.43% (only a slight increase from 0.39% in May 2015).As with RTT, there is no updated CCG position for diagnostics due to NHS England aligning the publication dates of performance data which is anticipated to delay release for 6-7 weeks. July 2015 data will therefore be included in the October 2015 Performance Report. Validated June 2015 performance* at provider level (not previously reported) shows the Royal Liverpool as achieving 0.67% and Aintree Hospitals at 0.41%. Alder Hey has recovered to perform below 1% for the first month since March 2015 at 96%. *Commissioner level data is historically published one month ahead of provider level data.

Assurance on CCG control measures June 2015 diagnostic performance for Alder Hey confirms that the backlog issues have been addressed through the Trust’s recovery plan. The CCG will, however, continue to monitor the situation and ensure that sustained performance is achieved for the remainder of 2015/16.

Page 5 of 22

45

Page 24: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Indicator Narrative Referral To Treatment (18 Weeks) Referral to Treatment (52 Weeks) GREEN (July 2015)

Liverpool CCG’s performance for June 2015 was reported as ‘Green’ across all six RTT measures. Unfortunately, there is no updated CCG position for RTT due to NHS England aligning the publication dates of performance data, which is anticipated to result in a 6-7 week delay in data being published. July 2015 data will be published in October 2015 and will therefore be included in the October 2015 Performance Report. Exception reporting of RTT performance data at provider level for June 2015* is as follows: • Liverpool Heart and Chest Failed two of the three RTT targets at

Catchment level for the third consecutive month. For June 2015 the Trust reported 79.5% for Admitted Patients and 87.86% for Non-Admitted. An agreement was in place with Monitor to fail the Quarter 1 Admitted target. As previously reported, the Trust has experienced a backlog of cardiac cases (attributed to an increase in referrals from September 2014) which resulted in non-compliance of the ‘Incomplete’ target.

*commissioner level data is published one month ahead of provider level

Assurance on CCG control measures (RTT) Liverpool Heart & Chest has continued with its recovery plans to address demand and reduce the backlog, and anticipates that the RTT target will be achieved for Quarter 2 2015/16.

Page 6 of 22

46

Page 25: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Indicator Narrative Cancer Waiting Times (All measures) GREEN (with alert for 2

measures)

Although The CCG has met (and indeed exceeded) all cancer targets in-month for June 2015, year-to-date performance is rated as ‘Amber’ against the two following measures: Amber

Amber

Provider level under-performance driving the above areas relate to the following Trusts; Maximum two-month (62-day) wait from urgent GP referral to first definitive treatment for cancer: Liverpool Heart and Chest – Although Trust performance has increased quite substantially from the 58.1% in May to 84.4% in June 2015 it is still marginally below the 85% target. The Trust is also below the year-to-date target, with cumulative performance at 72.4%. Breaches in June were within admitted care. The majority of breaches to date have been attributed to late referrals between trusts. Liverpool Heart & Chest is also underperforming against the ‘consultant’s decision to upgrade’ 85% measure; both in-month (72.2%) and year-to-date (82.9%). Liverpool Women’s – Although the Trust has increased performance to 83.3% in June 2015 it still falls below target. Year-to-date performance is also marginally below the 85% target at 82.9%. Numbers of breaches are small, however and should be considered within the context of the percentage figures reported.

Assurance on CCG control measures Lung services continue to struggle with delivery of the 62 day target due to clinical pathway complexity, tertiary referrals, and some pathway variation across the network. As previously reported, a Lung Pathway Group has been established at network level to critically review and analyse lung pathways, and promote best practice. Performance is regularly reviewed at Trust level and focus is on reducing time to decision to treat and understanding variation across the network. Action plans are completed for all cancer breaches, and performance monitored closely every month at Trust level.

Maximum two month (62-day) wait from urgent GP referral to first definitive treatment for cancer – YTD performance is below the 85% threshold at 83.3% In the period April – June 2015 a total of 43 out of 255 patients have breached the standard (although the majority of these cases have been attributed to late referrals between Trusts).

Maximum 62-day wait for first definitive treatment following a consultant’s decision to upgrade the priority of the patient (all cancers) - CCG in-month performance for June reached 90% but YTD is measured at 81.8%. In the period April-June 2015 a total of 6 breaches have occurred out of a cohort of 34 patients.

Page 7 of 22

47

Page 26: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Indicator Narrative Diagnostics - Percentage of Patients waiting for more than 6 weeks for a diagnostic test (target – 1%) GREEN (July 2015)

June CCG performance against the diagnostic measure is below the 1% threshold for the second consecutive month, with June 2015* figures reported at 0.43% (only a slight increase from 0.39% in May 2015).As with RTT, there is no updated CCG position for diagnostics due to NHS England aligning the publication dates of performance data which is anticipated to delay release for 6-7 weeks. July 2015 data will therefore be included in the October 2015 Performance Report. Validated June 2015 performance* at provider level (not previously reported) shows the Royal Liverpool as achieving 0.67%, Aintree Hospitals 0.41%. Alder Hey has recovered to perform below 1% for the first month since March 2015 at 96%. *Commissioner level data is historically published one month ahead of provider level data.

Assurance on CCG control measures June 2015 diagnostic performance for Alder Hey confirms that the backlog issues have been addressed through the Trust’s recovery plan. The CCG will, however, continue to monitor the situation and ensure that sustained performance is achieved for the remainder of 2015/16.

4.2 NHS Outcomes Framework - Helping People to Recover from Episodes of Ill Health or following Injury 4.2.1 Good Performance Indicator Narrative TIA – % patients assessed and treated within 24 hours (Target 60%) GREEN

Liverpool CCG continues to demonstrate good performance against this standard with an achievement of 100% for June 2015*. The CCG therefore maintains the ‘Green’ rating against this key measure in terms of year-to-date performance. *Local sourced data is made available direct from provider organisations to facilitate early indication of performance reported to NHS England.

Page 8 of 22

48

Page 27: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Indicator Narrative Stroke – (% of patients spend at least 90% of their time on a Stroke Unit (Target 80%) GREEN

CCG performance against the 90% Stroke measure for June 2015* is positive with an achievement of 84.62%. *Local sourced data is made available direct from provider organisations to facilitate early indication of performance reported to NHS England.

4.3 Ensuring People Have a Positive Experience of Care 4.3.1 Good Performance Indicator Narrative Mixed Sex Accommodation – zero tolerance of breaches GREEN

No new Mixed Sex Accommodation breaches relating to Liverpool CCG were reported in July 2015 (maintaining zero LCCG cases for the year-to-date). At provider level, the following breaches were reported but not related to Liverpool patients: Liverpool Heart & Chest recorded six breaches in July 2015, bringing the total reported by the Trust in 2015/16 to 14 cases. The causes of breaches continue to be attributed to inability to transfer out of Critical Care.

Assurance on CCG control measures The Trust issues with patient flow out of Critical were reported to the LHC Board in May 2015. Financial penalties will continue to be applied where appropriate and progress against the Trust Action Plan will be monitored through the Clinical Quality and Performance Meetings.

Page 9 of 22

49

Page 28: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

4.3 Health Care Acquired Infection (HCAI) 4.3.1 Good Performance Indicator Narrative Incidence of Healthcare Acquired Infections – C.difficile Monthly plan tolerance of 11 Annual plan of 138 for 2015/16 GREEN

The CCG had 11 new cases of C.Diff reported in July 2015, bringing the year-to-date total to 48 (four above plan accumulatively expected for this point of the year). Of the 11 cases reported in July 2015, five have been reported as ‘Acute acquired’ with the remaining six attributed to community. Provider level reporting is summarised as follows: • Royal Liverpool - (1 Acute, 6 Community); • Aintree Hospitals - (2 Acute); • Alder Hey - (1 Acute) • St Helens & Knowsley (1 Acute) •

Assurance on CCG control measures (C.diff) The CCG has supported the development of a Root Cause Analysis tool to determine any lapses in care across the health economy and identify potential areas for improvement. This tool will be piloted piloting in September/October 2015 following evaluation by Edge Hill University. The CCG continues to hold C.Difficile appeals panels to review any cases where the Trust concerned considers there to be no ‘lapse in care’ episodes, although no further panels have been required for the Acute Providers at this time (most providers are under trajectory). Each provider has submitted the relevant documentation pertinent to C.diff cases for year-to-date review (as per NHS England guidance). Liverpool CCG also continues to support South Sefton CCG in relation to cases submitted by Aintree Hospitals. 4.3.2 Areas for Improvement Indicator Narrative Incidence of Healthcare Acquired Infections – MRSA (Plan tolerance of 0) RED

Two new confirmed cases of MRSA affecting Liverpool patients were reported in July 2015. Year-to-date total is now four cases against a plan tolerance of zero. Both cases were reported by Aintree Hospitals and categorised as ‘community acquired’. As a result of the validation process, the two cases allocated to Alder Hey in June 2015 have now been removed, bringing down the total cases reported by the Trust in 2015/16 to two.

Page 10 of 22

50

Page 29: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Assurance on CCG control measures (MRSA) Each MRSA case reported is subject to robust Post Infection Review (PIR) processes with appropriate remedial action plans put in place to address any gaps in quality or safety and prevent recurrences. 4.6 NHS Outcomes Framework - Treating and Caring for People in a Safe Environment 4.6.1 Good Performance Indicator Narrative Never Events (Plan of Zero) GREEN

The CCG is rated as ‘Green’ for the month of July 2015 and for year-to-date 2015/16 against a ‘zero tolerance’ for Never Events. No new Never Events have been reported at provider level during July 2015

Assurance on CCG control measures (Never Events) All providers who report Never Events triangulate each incident where there is evidence of non-compliance of the WHO checklist. The CCG works closely in partnership with providers to ensure that all Serious Incidents/Never Events result in organisational and system-wide learning from their Root Cause Analysis. At a system-wide and regional level, NHS England has established a Quality & Safety Forum/Patient Safety Collaborative which has recently focused on Never Events and the learning from these incidents (Liverpool Community Health recently presented their findings from internal reviews of community dental Never Events to the Forum to disseminate learning across the wider health economy).

Page 11 of 22

51

Page 30: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

4.6.2 Areas for Improvement Indicator Narrative Serious Incidents – reporting within 48 hours (national target) The 48 hour national timescale is in place to ensure that providers of healthcare services alert commissioners to each event where a patient has suffered significant harm or death as a result of their care. The early detection and reporting of Serious Incidents is essential for both providers and commissioners in order to agree immediate actions to prevent further harm occurring. AMBER

A total of 18 Serious Incidents (SIs) were assigned to Liverpool CCG in July 2015, bringing the CCG year-to-date total to 72. At provider catchment level, a total of 38 Serious Incidents were reported on the Strategic Executive Information System (StEIS); 32 within the national 48hr timescale. Overall provider performance has continues to be affected by Liverpool Community Health, with the Trust reporting nine out of 17 incidents occurring in-month within the 48 hour timeframe. Provider catchment level data is as follows: • The Royal Liverpool reported 7 incidents for July 2015 (19

reported year-to-date). Once incident was reported outside of the 48hr standard.

• Alder Hey reported zero incidents during July 2015 (6 year- to-date). All incidents were reported within 48hrs;

• Liverpool Women’s Hospital reported two Serious Incidents for the month of July 2015, both within 48hrs. The Trust has reported a total of 7 incidents year-to-date.

• Liverpool Community Health reported 19 SIs in June 2015 (52 year-to-date);

• Mersey Care reported 14 SIs in July 2015 (46 year-to-date) all within the 48hr timescale;

• Liverpool Heart & Chest reported one incident in July (2 year-to-date) both within 48hrs

• Spire Hospital both reported zero incidents in-month and have zero incidents year-to-date

Assurance on CCG control measures (Serious Incidents) This indicator aims to provide the Governing Body with a measurable level of assurance that all Serious Incidents are reported within nationally determined timescales and that provider investigations into the root causes are commenced at the earliest possible opportunity. There has been a significant improvement in the reporting of Serious Incidents within the 48 hour timeframe across all providers; the only outlier for this is Liverpool Community Health although work is ongoing between the CCG and LCH to improve this key area of performance..

Page 12 of 22

52

Page 31: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Indicator Narrative Serious Incidents –Submission of investigation reports within 60 days (national timescale) The 60 day national timescale is in place to ensure that providers of healthcare services conduct timely and thorough Root Cause Analysis (RCA) investigations into Serious Incidents. Within this standard is the requirement for providers to submit outcomes-based action plans to improve the quality and safety of services and to limit or eliminate recurrences of incidents. Where extensions of time have been agreed with the provider the new deadline is used as the performance measure. RED

During the month of June 2015, a total of 38 Root Cause Analysis investigation reports were due for submission to commissioners. Overall provider compliance with the 60 day standard is again rated as ‘Red’ with 15 reports submitted inside of the stipulated 60 day timescale. Individual provider performance for June is summarised below: • Royal Liverpool - five RCA investigation report due for

submission in-month, one of which was submitted outside of the deadline;

• Alder Hey – two RCA reports due in-month, zero submitted within the timescale;

• Liverpool Women’s Hospital - one RCA report due in-

month and submitted within the timescale; • Mersey Care A total of 16 RCA reports due in July 2015

with 6 of those submitted within the national timescale; • Liverpool Community Health – 14 investigation reports

due in-month, with 7 meeting the deadline. A total of 8 Serious Incidents were ‘closed’ by commissioners during the month of July 2015; half of which of related to Liverpool Community Health. A total of 285 Serious Incidents currently remain open (from 1st April 2015).

Assurance on CCG control measures Liverpool Community Health remains as an outlier for this measure and the CCG is actively engaged with the Trust work stream focussing on Pressure Ulcer incidents and learning gathered. The CCG has well-established, clinically led internal performance management arrangements of all Root Cause Analysis reports received for co-ordinating commissioner review. Incidents are not authorised to be ‘closed’ unless the report complies with a nationally recognised checklist and all improvement actions are evidentially assured and signed off by the relevant organisation. Joint working arrangements with CCG colleagues across Merseyside are also in place where patient flow crosses geographical and organisational boundaries.

Page 13 of 22

53

Page 32: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

5. INTEGRATED PERFORMANCE OUTCOMES INDICATORS Integrated CCG Outcomes Indicators have been developed from NHS Outcomes Framework and Public Health indicators and are intended to provide clear and comparative information on progress against local priorities for quality improvement and to demonstrate where the CCG is achieving gains in health outcomes for the population of Liverpool. Data for these outcomes are generally refreshed on a quarterly basis. The next set of outcomes related measures will be included in the October 2015 Governing Body Performance Report. 6. CCG QUALITY PREMIUMS The Quality Premium will be paid to Liverpool CCG in 2016/17 to reflect the quality of the health services we commission, improvements in health outcomes and reduction in health inequalities during 2015/16. Payments will be made based on CCGs’ achievement of the following measures, which cover a combination of national and local priorities. The updated Quality Premium Dashboard is included as Appendix 4. Due to the revised data flows and reporting schedule of the Quality Premium, it is proposed that the updated Quality Premium Dashboard will be routinely included in the report appendices each month, but will only be accompanied by a more detailed analysis/narrative on the CCG’s position on a quarterly basis. Premium Quarterly Reporting for the remainder of the financial year 2015/16 is presented below:

• Q2 2015/16 - November 2015 Governing Body • Q3 2015/16 - February 2016 Governing Body • Q4 2015/16 -May 2016 Governing Body (includes final position for measures

where CCG can provide a final position) 7. NHS TRUST CLINICAL QUALITY AND NHS CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS In line with the recommendations of the National Quality Board (NQB) the Quality, Safety and Outcomes Committee have established a Quality Early Warning Dashboard. The purpose of this dashboard is to provide the CCG with a system to identify any issues and risks relating to patient quality and safety; particularly for those areas identified by the NQB as potential indicators of quality and safety issues. The dashboard covers all NHS Trusts within the Merseyside area and includes Risk Profiles for each organisation issued by the Care Quality Commission (CQC) and Monitor Risk and Financial Ratings. Where risks have been identified they will be actively managed through CCG governance arrangements overseen by the Quality, Safety and Outcomes Committee,

Page 14 of 22

54

Page 33: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Trust Clinical Quality and Performance Meetings and collaborative commissioning arrangements with Merseyside CCGs. 7.1 Care Quality Commission and Monitor Warning/Issue Notices & Inspections Where providers are not meeting essential standards, the CQC has a range of enforcement powers to protect the health, safety and welfare of people who use the service (and others, where appropriate). When the CQC propose to take enforcement action, the decision is open to challenge by the provider through a range of internal and external appeal processes. Although further information in relation to follow-up inspections or reports by the CQC is not available, the CCG has continued to work closely with all providers recently subjected to improvement notices. 7.2 CQC Inspections of Liverpool GP Practices Since the August 2015 Corporate Performance report The Care Quality Commission has published two reports relating to Liverpool GP practices, summaries of which are detailed below.

• Princes Park Health Centre (SSP Health) – Overall Rating ‘Inadequate’

The CQC carried out an announced comprehensive inspection at Princes Park Surgery on 16th April 2015. Overall the practice was rated as inadequate and required improvements for the safe, effective treatment of patients, how caring and responsive the practice was and how well the practice was led. Summarised findings from the CQC Inspection Report are as follows:

The provider did not deploy sufficient numbers of GPs to meet the

demands of patients, including in response to their urgent needs. The high usage of locum and agency GPs resulted in a lack of continuity of care, increasing the risk of patient incidents and complaints;

There were insufficient numbers of patient appointments to meet the demands of the local population. Patients regularly had to wait outside the practice before it opened to ensure they got an appointment for later that day;

Staff understood their responsibilities to raise concerns, and to report incidents and near misses;

Reviews and investigations were not thorough enough and lessons learned were not communicated widely enough to support improvement;

Page 15 of 22

55

Page 34: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

No system in place to ensure locum GP’s were monitored closely enough to ensure any changes to a patients care and treatments was actioned;

The CQC has also requested that the practice develop an action plan to increase the practice performance for cervical smear updates. A full version of the report can be downloaded at: http://www.cqc.org.uk/sites/default/files/new_reports/AAAC0986.pdf

7.3 CQC Hospital Monitoring Intelligence Reports The CQC developed this set of indicators through consultation and testing to replace Quality Risk Profiles. ‘Intelligent Monitoring’ uses a set of indicators for monitoring risks to the quality of care and measure outcomes that have a high impact on people who use services (and relate to the five key questions that are asked during CQC inspections, namely are services safe, effective, caring, responsive, and well-led? The CCG, through individual Clinical Quality and Performance Groups (CQPGs) maintains a focus on those areas that are not included in the Quality Schedule and are highlighted within the Hospital Monitoring Intelligence Reports. Each report contains a dashboard which provides a rating of ‘risk’ or ‘elevated risk’ to the five key questions. The CQC has not published any further dashboards since 29th May 2015 (which were reported to the Governing Body in the July 2015 Performance Report). Summaries of updated dashboards will be presented to the Governing Body when made available. 8. CCG FINANCIAL POSITION The financial statements for the month ended 31st July 2015 showed an under spend against budget totalling £6.4m. As at 31st July 2015 the CCG total allocation was £849.7m, including £62.3m in respect of Primary Care Co-commissioning (additional funding of £0.5m was transferred to the CCG in July 2015). Total Running Cost Allowance is £10.4m and the remaining allocation of £839.3 relates to programme funding. No significant risks to the achievement of the planned £14m surplus have been identified in the year to date.

Page 16 of 22

56

Page 35: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

The summary position is described in the tables below:

Area Commentary Rating - Year to Date Rating – 31 March 2016

Balanced Position On track

Surplus No significant issues

2% Non recurrent Investment No significant issues

Running Cost AllowanceRunning Costs expected to be fully util ised in 2015-16

Annual Budget

Year to Date

BudgetActual Variance Variance

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 %

Operating Cost Statement - 31st July 2015

Total Expenditure

Total Allocation 849,772 275,058 275,058 0 0.00

825,299

10,429

YEAR TO DATE POSITION

835,728 270,376 263,978 -6,398 -2.37

260,646 -6,398 -2.40

Running Cost Allowance 3,332 3,332 0 0.00

Total Programme Costs 267,044

Page 17 of 22

57

Page 36: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

9. SUMMARY Where performance is at variance to plan action is underway with Trusts to deliver corrective action to improve performance in 2015/16 with contractual levers utilised to support improvements. These improvements are actively led by CCG Clinicians.

Stephen Hendry Acting Head of Operations & Corporate Performance

1st September 2015

Vendor type

Total Number

of Invoices

Paid

Total Paid

within Target %age

Total Value of Invoices

Paid£'000

Value Paid

Within Target £'000 %age

NHS 997 966 96.89% 185,777 185,188 99.68%

NON NHS 4,275 4,105 96.02% 36,739 35,822 97.51%

Better Payment Practice Code - April to July 2015

Page 18 of 22

58

Page 37: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Appendix 1 – Corporate Performance Dashboard

Page 19 of 22

59

Page 38: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Page 20 of 22

60

Page 39: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

APPENDIX 2 – CCG HOSTED PROVIDERS DASHBOARD

Page 21 of 22

61

Page 40: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

APPENDIX 3 – QUALITY PREMIUM DASHBOARD

Page 22 of 22

62

Page 41: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

63

Page 42: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

6464

Page 43: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Report no: GB 63-15

NHS LIVERPOOL CLINICAL COMMISSIONING GROUP GOVERNING BODY

TUESDAY 8th SEPTEMBER 2015

Title of Report Assistive Technology and PHR Investment Case

Lead Governor Dr Simon Bowers, Clinical Director, Digital Care and

Innovation Programme

Senior Management Team Lead

Tony Woods, Programme Director, Community and Digital Care Programmes

Report Author

Dave Horsfield, Programme Manager, Digital Care and Innovation Programme

Summary This investment case details the funding requirements to deliver the objectives of the Assistive Technology and Person Held Record components of the Digital Care and Innovation Programme. The investment is for £15,055,311 over the next 3.5 years (to 31st March 2019).

Recommendation That Liverpool CCG Governing Body:

• Approves the investment of £15,055,311 over the next 3.5 years to enable delivery of the Digital Health workstream of Healthy Liverpool.

Impact on improving health outcomes, reducing inequalities and promoting financial sustainability

The programme impacts on improving health outcomes by supporting:-

• Reduction in emergency admissions • Increase in self care • Improve health literacy • Increase clinical productivity • Increase digital inclusion • Increase economic growth of SME sector in eHealth

Page 1 of 2 6565

Page 44: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

• Reduce social isolation • Improve quality of life for patients and carers

Relevant Standards or targets

Supporting requirement of NHS Five Year Forward View

Page 2 of 2 6666

Page 45: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  1  

Investment  Proposal  

 

Programme    Digital  Care  &  Innovation    (Assistive  Technology  and  PHR)                        

Outline  of  Proposal          Programme  description  and  Scope    This  investment  proposal  follows  the  work  undertaken  by  the  ‘more  independent’  or  Mi  programme,  co-­‐funded   by   Innovate   UK   and   Liverpool   Clinical   Commissioning   Group   (and   previously   Liverpool  PCT)  over   the  past   three  years.     The  programme  was   initially  high-­‐risk   in  nature  bringing   together  health,  community,  housing,  social  care  and  technology  sectors  to  demonstrate  how  assisted  living  technologies  and  supported  services  can  promote  self-­‐care,  integrated  care  and  independent  living,  provide  top  quality  health  and  social  care,  and  enhance  people’s  wellbeing.    The  approaches  utilised  by  the  Mi  programme  of  combining  community  assets,  existing  health  services  and  technology  have  yielded   great   success   and   despite   pre-­‐dating   the   Healthy   Liverpool   Programme   (HLP),   Mi’s  aspirations,  targets  and  achievements  have  been  found  to  be  entirely  convergent  with  those  of  HLP.      This  is  a  comprehensive,  multi-­‐faceted,  structured  and  integrated  programme  designed  to  develop,  deliver,  improve  and  continuously  assess  LCCG’s  digital  care  and  innovation  agenda.  It  builds  on  the  Mi   programmes   activity,   experience   and   evidence   base.   This   supports   continuity,   enables   success  factors   to   be   incorporated   and   lessons   learnt   to   be   reflected   in   the   next   phase   of   activity.  Specifically,   the   health   technology   dimension   builds   on   the   introduction   of   successful   pathways,  content   and   procedures   to   further   scale   up   and   enhance   the   telehealth   programme   and   the  introduction  of  the  “Flo”,  simple  telehealth  initiative.    It  exploits  the  foundations  laid  for  the  scaling  up  of  care  technology   in  people’s  homes  and  care  settings  that  support  self-­‐care,  promote  healthy  lifestyles  and  enable  people  to  live  independently  for  longer.  It  draws  on  lessons  learnt  from  ground-­‐breaking   initiatives   designed   to   create   the   infrastructure   that   can   support   the   development   of   a  consumer  market   in  smart  solutions   for  people’s  ageing,   independent   living  and  care.     It  builds  on  current   foundations   that   will   provide   quick   wins   in   setting   up   and   rolling   out   person-­‐centred,  electronic   health   records   and   systems   for   utilising   the   potential   of   predictive   analytics.   It   also  expands   to   fill   the   gaps   in   the   stakeholder   and   programme   eco-­‐system   that   can   best   assure   the  achievement   of   the   array   of   strategic   objectives   outlined   above,   build   sustainability,   stimulate  innovation,  support  scaling  up  and  generate  outcomes  and  impacts  that  not  only  benefit  LCCG  but  also  the  wider  health,  social  care  and  innovation  economy  across  Liverpool  and  the  wider  region.    Whilst  key  elements  of  the  MI  programme  will  be  developed  and  sustained,  some  aspects  of  Mi  will  not  be  taken  forward.  These  relate  to  aspects  of  the  programme  that  were  completed,  are  no  longer  appropriate  or  are  no  longer  a  priority.        The  key  elements  of  Mi  have  been  integrated  into  a  wider  Digital  Care  and  Innovation  Programme,  one   of   the   five   transformation   programmes   under   the   Healthy   Liverpool   Programme   (HLP).   The  Digital   Care   and   Innovation   Programme   adopts   a   structured   and   integrated   approach   aimed   at  transforming  the  delivery  of  care   in  Liverpool.     It  brings  together  previous  technology  programmes  

6767

Page 46: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  2  

such  as   iLinks  and  Mi  and   integrates  this  work  with   leading  edge  digital  projects  such  as  predictive  analytics  that  are  truly  capable  of  transforming  the  future  delivery  of  health  and  care  services.        These  elements  have  been  brought  together  as  the  impact  of  these  technology  themes  are  not  only  greater   when   combined   and   operated   in   tandem,   but   each   theme   is  mutually   dependent   on   the  other  to  fully  enable  the  achievement  of  HLP  goals.  There  are  many  drivers  that  together  not  only  build   a   requirement   for   LCCG   to   engage   fully   with   digital   technology,   but   for   any   NHS   body   to  successfully   utilise   technology   it  must   build   and  maintain   pace   in   its   ability   to   adapt   services   and  adopt   new   solutions.     The   digital   care   and   innovation   programme  will   provide   a   platform   for   this  continuous   development   and   will   support   programmes   across   the   organisation   to   become  technology  ready.    This  investment  case  relates  to  two  of  the  four  main  digital  themes  across  the  programme:  Assistive  Technology  and  Person  Held  Records.  The   reason   these   two  elements  are   combined   is  due   to   the  inextricable  link  between  ‘app’  based  assistive  technology  and  physical  devices.    The  diagram  below  (fig  1)  illustrates  the  overarching  programme  and  the  themes  addressed  in  this  proposal.  

 The  digital  care    and  innovation  programme  

                                           What  is  Assistive  Technology?    Assistive  technology   is  any   item,  piece  of  equipment,  software  or  product  that   is  used  to   increase,  maintain,  or  improve  the  functional  capabilities  of  individuals.    It  is  often  associated  with  disability  or  age  but  is  not  limited  to  this  scope.    Assistive  technology  can  be  used  by  all  of  our  citizens  directly  as  well  as  health  and  care  professionals  to  increase  self  care,  reduce  admissions,  improve  quality  of  life,  reduce  health  inequalities,  increase  clinical  productivity  and  reduce  social  isolation.    There  are  many  assistive   technology   products   on   the   market   and   more   being   developed   constantly.     Common  examples  include:    

Fig  1:  

6868

Page 47: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  3  

                                             What  is  a  Person  Held  Record  (PHR)?    The  term  PHR  has  been  used  broadly  to  define  anything  from  web  based  patient  access  to  medical  records   to  an  online  or   smartphone  based  patient  health  diary  and/or  health  plan.     It   is   therefore  better  to  define  what  a  PHR  is  in  terms  of  the  digital  care  and  innovation  programme.    During   the  development  of   our  Mi   programme   it   became  apparent   that   a   patient   record  was  not  sufficient  to  either  engage  or  add  obvious  value  to  the  day-­‐to-­‐day  lives  of  citizens.    Therefore,  the  Mi  PHR   is   far   more   than   a   record,   it   is   in   fact   a   platform   that   will   enable   the   following   key   digital  features:    

• Increase   the   ability   to   self   care   through   access   to   a   copy   of   the   primary   care   record  (depending  on  what  is  made  available  by  the  GP)  

• Improve  health  literacy  and  reduce  incorrect  use  of  health  services  via  a  marketplace  of  apps  developed  by  industry  and  constantly  updated,  which  the  patient  can  use  to  self-­‐care  or  use  information  from  their  copy  of  the  medical  record  to  support  their  care  or  the  person  they  care  for.  

• Improved   clinical   productivity   via   a   referral  mechanism   for   direct   access   to   some   services  and  for  professionals  to  refer  to  a  service  or  prescribe  an  app.  

• Provision  of  a  verified  online  identification  approved  by  government  for  true  online  services  • Secure  cloud  based  storage  of  information  not  reliant  on  individual  app  providers  

 The  Programme  Structure    Programme  has  5  main,  mutually  enforcing,  pillars:    § Pillar  1:  Scaling  up  smart  solutions  for  health  and  social  care    § Pillar  2:  Skills  for  digital  care  and  innovation  § Pillar  3:  Developing  and  testing  leading-­‐edge  innovations  

Telehealth  Mobile/GPS  Household  devices    

Telecare:  Fall  detection  

Medication  management    

Apps  &  Automation  

6969

Page 48: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  4  

§ Pillar  4:  Development  of  a  multi-­‐sector  eco-­‐system  and  international  markets  § Pillar  5:  Intelligence  and  evaluation    Experience   from   the   Mi   programme   has   taught   us   that   an   effective   digital   care   and   innovation  agenda   that   places   the   Liverpool   health   and   care   economy   at   the   forefront   of   innovation   driven  health   outcomes   and   good   practice,   requires   investment   in   a   comprehensive   programme   rather  than   a   piece-­‐meal   project   approach.   Each   of   the   pillars   provides   key   building   blocks   for   (a)  developing  the  digital  care  and   innovation   infrastructure/eco-­‐system  and  “getting  things  right”;   (b)  boosting   capacity   needed   to   make   a   difference   at   scale;   (c)   producing,   commissioning   and  implementing   smart   services   and   products;   (d)   securing   better   health   for   people   in   Liverpool   and  contributing  to  the  achievement  of  Healthy  Liverpool  Programme  goals.                                                                                    

Investment  Proposal  scope  

Fig  2:      Digital  Care  &  Innovation  Programme      and  investment  proposal  scope  

7070

Page 49: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  5  

Key  elements  within  each  pillar  are:        Pillar  1:  Scaling  up  smart  solutions  for  health  and  social  care        This   pillar  will   address   the   demand-­‐side,   supply-­‐side   and   investment   capacity   required   to   roll   out  digital   care   and   innovation   solutions   at   scale.   It  will   build   on  Mi’s   success   in   delivering  wide-­‐scale  implementation  of  health  technology  through  Motiva  and  Flo  systems  and  draw  on  key  lessons  from  its  activity  in  developing  the  infrastructure  for  an  ehealth  consumer  market.  At  the  outset,  this  pillar  will   provide   the   vehicle   for   the   further   roll   out   of   health   technology   (specifically,  Motiva   and  Flo)  telecare  (specifically,  fall  detector  and  alarm  systems)  and  the  development  and  implementation  of  the   electronic   person  held   record   (PHR).   In   future,   it  will   also   provide   a   framework   for   the   public  procurement   and   consumer  market   availability   of   additional   digital   care   and   innovative   solutions  developed   through   pillar   3   (locally   developed   innovations)   or   being   adopted   through   pillar   5  (imported  good  practice  and  state  of  the  art).      Importantly,   this   pillar   will   also   focus   on   boosting   the   resources   available   for   procurement   and  consumer  market   stimulation  and   so  maximise   reach,   impact   and  health  outcomes.   It  will   seek   to  utilise   LCCG   investment   to   lever   European,  national   and  private   sector   finance   through   traditional  (grant  funding)  and  innovative  (impact  investment)  funding  pathways.      This  pillar  will,  therefore:    A. Help   to   transform  the  provision  of  health  and  care   services  by  embedding   innovation  and  

technology   within   existing   services   at   scale:   scaling   up   demand   for   technology   (including  remote   health   monitoring,   self-­‐care   and   person   held   record   (PHR))   and   providing   the  infrastructure  to  support  this  technology  to  be  used  effectively.    It  will  provide,  through  the  PHR,  an  open  marketplace  for  people  to  access  health  and  care  apps  from  a  safe  and  secure  platform  whilst  enabling  access  to  health  records  to  enhance  self  care.        

B. By   taking   the   lessons   learnt   from   Mi’s   roll   out   of   health   technology   at   scale,   provide   the  infrastructure  to  adopt  technology  at  scale  across  all  services,  providing  solutions  to  key  issues  such   as   increasing   the   capacity   of   existing   services   at   current   staffing   levels   and  moving   to  intelligence  led  health  and  care  services.  

 C. Lever   in   additional   and   new   forms   of   finance   that   can   boost   demand,   R&D   potential   and  

productive   capacity.   This   will   include   attracting   complementary   national   and   European  resources   that   support  pre-­‐commercial   procurement   and  public  procurement  of   innovation.  And,   working   with   and   supporting   CORAL   (Community   of   Regions   for   Assisted   Living)  European   partners   to   raise   awareness   about   and   develop   impact   investment   opportunities  such   as   social   impact   bonds   and   philanthropic   venture   capital   that   can   benefit   city-­‐region  procurers  and  SMEs.  

   Pillar  2:  Skills  for  digital  care  and  innovation:    This   pillar   will   build   the   skills   capacity   for   a   technology   enabled   care   and   health   workforce.   In  particular,   it  will  address   the  skills  and  qualification  gap   that   limits   the  potential   to  scale  up  smart  solutions  for  health,  care  and  well-­‐being.  The  shortfall  of  training  opportunities  for  health  and  social  care   practitioners   in   assisted   living   and   other   digital   technologies   and   the   lack   of   a   recognised  qualification  for  competence  in  their  suitability  and  use  acts  as  a  brake  on  professional  engagement.  It  will  also  provide  support  to  citizens  and  “turn  them  on”  to  technology,  develop  their  digital  skills,  

7171

Page 50: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  6  

build  confidence  and  an  appetite  for  technology  and  technology  enabled  services  that  can  support  people  to  self-­‐care,  adopt  healthy  lifestyles  and  live  independently  for  longer.    Skills  and  qualifications  development  will  focus  on:    A. Develop   the   skills   of   the   current   and   future  workforce   to   take  advantage  of   technology,  

understand  its  use  in  current  and  future  care  pathways  and  fully  exploit  technology  for  the  benefit  of  the  patient  and  the  service.    

B. Developing   courses   and   recognised   professional   qualifications   in   this   field   to   provide  incentives   for   health   and   social   care   professionals   to   add   value   to   their   CVs   and   their  professional  expertise  and  support  their  role   in  stimulating  demand  for  smart  solutions  for  assisted  living.  

 C. Providing   tailored   training   to   enable   local   implementation   of   locally   developed   and   other  

state   of   the   art   innovations   and   unblock   commercially   viable   export   opportunities   where  training  of  key  personnel   is  required  to  support  role  out   if   innovations  and  good  practice  –  such  as  the  House  of  Memories  training  programme  and  App.  

 D. Building  upon  work  already  underway  across  the  City  region,  to  address  digital  inclusion  by  

increasing   digital   skills   amongst   citizens   via   volunteering   and   championing   activities   and  improving  free  access  to  online  resources  to  reduce  digital  exclusion.      

Pillar  3:  Developing  and  testing  leading-­‐edge  innovations:    In  the  health,  well-­‐being  and  social  care  context,  solutions  must  ‘fit’  the  needs  and  expectations  of  the   citizens.   This   pillar   will   contribute   to   building   a   local   infrastructure   for   creating   innovative  products  and  services  for  health,  care  and  well-­‐being  and  developing  them  to  the  market-­‐ready  and  widespread   adoption   stage.   Combining   living   labs   with   city-­‐region   health   and   social   care   “testing  grounds”   will   provide   the   basis   for   innovating,   evaluating   likely   impact   and   producing   business  models  and  cases.      This  pillar  will,  therefore:    A. Build  the  city-­‐region’s  living-­‐lab  capacity  and  quality  to  support  the  development  and  initial  

testing  of  innovative  services  and  products  capable  of  addressing  key  health  and  care  issues;      B. Provide  access  to,  knowledge  of  and  influence  the  development  of  state  of  the  art  solutions  

to  real,  on  the  ground  needs  and  front  line  requirements  that  will  enable  the  aspirations  of  the  HLP.  

   Pillar  4:  Development  of  multi-­‐sector  eco-­‐system  and  international  markets:      The  activity  in  this  pillar  has  been  fundamental  to  the  previous  success  of  the  Mi  programme.    To  fully  benefit  from  the  use  of  existing  and  new  technology,  it  is  necessary  to  build  maintain  and  grow  the  eco-­‐system  essential  for  the  creation  of  an  effective  digital  and  innovation  agenda  that  can  combine  cost  effectiveness  within  the  health  and  care  sector,  improved  health  and  well-­‐being  benefits  for  local  people  and  wider  benefits  for  the  local  digital  and  innovation  economy.    This  pillar  has  2  strands:  

7272

Page 51: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  7  

 A. It   will   provide   support   for   co-­‐ordinating   relationship   building   between   local   SMEs,   city-­‐

region   academic   and   research   institutions,   care,   health   and   community   organisations,  citizens   and   larger   technology   companies   to   strengthen   the   City’s   smart   health   and   well-­‐being  economic  cluster  and  act  as  a  catalyst  for  innovation  and  growth.  

 B. Accessing  new  markets:  engaging  with  leading  European  regions  and,  potentially,  global  

markets  (with  their  own  eco-­‐systems),  including  through  the  Coral  (Community  of  Regions  for  Assistive  Living)  and  ECHA  (European  Connected  Health  Alliance)  to  open  up  new  eHealth  markets  for  existing  and  start-­‐up  companies.      

   Pillar  5:  Intelligence  and  evaluation    The  digital  care  and  innovation  agenda  will  be  informed,  enhanced  and  assessed  through  several  key  strands  that  will  provide  intelligence  for  programme  managers,  policy  developers,  clinical  decision-­‐makers  and  front-­‐line  staff  and  strengthen  the  development  and  implementation  of  pillars  1  through  4.    Pillar  5’s  3  strands  are:    A. Predictive  analytics  infrastructure,  providing  the  necessary  mechanisms  for  data  transfer  and  

access  to  data  science  resources  to  allow  a  full  predictive  analytics  programme  (via  separate  investment  case)  to  be  developed.    This  work  is  at  the  leading  edge  of  health  science  providing  the  capability  to  predict  future  episodes  of  care  at  both  population  and  individual  levels;        

B. State  of  the  art  identification  and  good  practice  evidence  -­‐  learning  from  others  and  feeding  knowledge  into  the  Mi  health  and  well-­‐being  strategic  and  delivery  processes;  

 C. Micro  and  macro  evaluation  to  demonstrate  impact  and  to  inform  programme  and  project  

level  actions  -­‐  conducting  local  research,  monitoring  and  evaluation  that  is  directly  linked  to    HLP  priorities,  informs  delivery  and  assesses  impact.  

   Outline  objectives    (in  line  with  Digital  Care  and  Innovation  Strategic  Decision  Case)    Assistive  Technology:    •   Delivery   of   telehealth   and   telecare   to   support   Liverpool   people   in   emerging   and     established  pathways  to  keep  them  out  of  hospital  and  in  their  own  homes  

•   Delivery  of  a  digital   innovation  hub  and  local  economic  development  through  a  leading     role  in  the  Local  Enterprise  Partnership  Regional  Development  Plan  

•   Maintenance  of  local  academic  and  key  industrial  partnerships  

•   Identification  and  adoption  of  innovative  digital  technologies  in  the  delivery  of  care  

•   Ensure   Liverpool   is   recognised   as   a   leading   economy   in   Europe   with   access   to   key     leaders  and  European  funds  

 Person  Held  Records:    •   Implementation  of  person  held  records  for  Liverpool  people  

•   Creation  of  person  held  record  platform  

7373

Page 52: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  8  

•   Linking  systems  for  patient  access  to  integrate  with  the  health  and  social  care  record  

•   Implementation   of   citizen   identity   initiative   in   partnership   with   NHS   England,   the     Government   Digital   Service   (Cabinet   Office)   and   the   Health   and   Social   Care   Health     Information   Centre   (HSCIC)   to   enable   access   to   records   with   a   fully   verified   identity     online.  

•   Creating  a  marketplace  of  self  care  and  support  apps  

•   Developing  a  vibrant  SME  economy  to  continuously  innovate  for  health  and  care  

•   Develop   new   ways   of   working   with   industry   to   leverage   innovation   and   sustainable     funding  models.  

   Funding  requested    A   full   breakdown   of   costs   can   be   found   in   the   finance   section.     This   programme   requests   the  following  funds       Year  by  Year  Cost  Summary            

2015  (7  months)   2016   2017   2018  

£   £   £   £  

 2,802,051      3,994,218      

4,084,420      4,174,622          Total  over  3.5  years:    £15,055,311      

 

     

Lead   Approval  (signed)   Date  Governing  body  lead   (Simon  Bowers/Maurice  Smith)    SMT  Lead   (Tony  Woods)    Programme  lead   (Dave  Horsfield)    Finance  lead   (Philip  Saha)    

7474

Page 53: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  9  

1. Strategic  Case    

a. Strategic  Context    

This   programme   aligns   with   local,   national   and   European   strategic   and   policy   agendas.  National,   and   particularly   LCCG   (Healthy   Liverpool   Programme)   and   European   health   and  care   agendas   have   a   strong   digital   and   innovation   focus.   In   part,   these   are   responses   to  concerns   that   Liverpool,   the   UK   and   Europe   face   considerable   challenges   if   they   are   to  ensure  the  sustainability  and  affordability  of  national  health  and  social  care  systems  and   if  they  are  to  maintain  and  enhance  people’s  quality  of  life.  At  the  same  time,  they  recognise  that   opportunities   exist   to   exploit   innovative   solutions   to   address   these   challenges   whilst  boosting  the  health  sector’s  potential  to  drive  economic  growth.    

European  strategic  context  

LCCG’s   digital   care   and   innovation   agenda   aligns   with   several   key   European   strategic   and  policy  drivers.  Notably:  

EU  Health  Strategy:  The  twin  pillars  of  the  EU’s  health  strategy  are:  

§ Fostering  good  health  in  an  ageing  Europe  with  the  focus  on  a  public  health  strategy  to  promote   healthy   living   and   prevent   chronic   diseases.   It   emphasises   tackling   the  determinants  of  health  including  lifestyle  factors.  It  aims  to  ensure  society  caters  to  the  needs  of  the  elderly  and  sets  out  a  framework  to  promote  active  and  healthy  lifestyles.  

§ Supporting   dynamic   health   systems   and   new   technologies   emphasises   exploiting   the  potential  of  new  technologies  to  contribute  to  the  efficiency  and  sustainability  of  health  systems  whilst  enhancing  access  to  high  quality  healthcare.  

European  Innovation  Partnership  on  Active  and  Healthy  Ageing  (EIP  on  AHA):  Launched  in  2012,     its   agenda   is   to   support   the   scaling   up   of   smart   solutions   for   active   and   healthy  ageing,   independent   living   and   self-­‐care.   The   overarching   target   of   the   partnership   is  to  increase  the  average  healthy  lifespan  by  two  quality  adjusted  life  years  by  2020.  

Digital  agenda:  The  European  Commission’s  digital  agenda  for  health  is  set  out  in  its  eHealth  Action  plan   for  2014-­‐2020,  which   focuses  on  addressing   the  barriers   to   the  deployment  of  eHealth.  A  recent  European  Commission  Green  Paper  on  an  EU  framework  for  mobile  health  and  health  and  well-­‐being  applications,  is  a  key  part  of  the  Action  plan.    

A   raft   of   funding   programmes   –that   have   relevance   to   LCCG’s   digital   care   and   innovation  agenda   and   are   accessible   by   LCCG   -­‐     flow   from   these   strategic   initiatives.   They   include:  Horizon   2020,   the   Active   and   Assisted   Living   Programme,   the   EU   Health   Programme,  Erasmus  +,  Interreg  and  the  European  Structural  and  Investment  Funds  (ESIF)    

LCCG  and  the  Mi  Programme  already  has  a  high  profile  in  this  European  policy  area.  It  has  a  leading  role  in  the  Coral  (Community  of  Regions  for  Assisted  Living)  network  (a  strategically  

7575

Page 54: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  10  

prominent  network  of   leading  regions  and  their  multi-­‐sector  stakeholders),  has  established  effective   links   with   numerous   European   regions   and   is   widely   recognised   as   a   prominent  eHealth   player   –   notably   through   its   designation   as   a   European   Reference   Site  within   the  European   Innovation  Partnership  on  Active  and  Healthy  Ageing–  making  Liverpool  a  “go  to  region”  for  good  practice.  

The  digital  care  and  innovation  programme  is  also  being  built  into  the  Liverpool  City  Region  Innovation  Plan  –  which  provides  the  framework  for  ESIF  funding.  Led  by  LCCG,  the  Mi  Smart  Health   and  Well-­‐Being  Delivery   Programme   (Health   and  Well-­‐Being   is   one   of   5   city-­‐region  strategic   priorities   for   innovation)   mirrors   much   of   the   Digital   Care   and   Innovation  Programme.   LCCG   has   the   potential   to   provide   match   resources   that   would   lever   ESIF  resources  and  add  considerable  value  to  LCCG  activity  and  strengthen  this  business  case.  

 

National  strategic  context  

The  national  digital  health  agenda   is  being  driven  by  the  National   Information  Board  (NIB),  formed  by  delegation  from  the  Department  of  Health.  The  NIB  defines  and  agrees  strategy,  requirements   and  priorities   for  digital   technology   and   informatics   across   the   system.     It   is  chaired  by  NHS  England’s  National  Director  for  Patients  and  Information,  Tim  Kelsey.  

The  National  Information  Board  has  set  out  a  vision  for  how  technology  should  work  harder  and  better   for  patients  and  citizens  by  2020.  This   framework   is  called   ‘Personalised  Health  and  Care  2020:  A  Framework   for  Action’.    The  Digital  Care  and   Innovation  programme  will  offer  the  ability  to  respond  to  the  national  direction  and  also  shape  delivery  to  ensure  the  local  needs  defined  by  HLP  are  fully  met.  

The  vision  in  this  framework  commits  to  giving  everybody  online  access  to  their  GP  records,  viewed  through  approved  apps  and  digital  platforms  by  2015,  with  further  development  for  people  to  access  to  all  of  their  health  records  –  held  by  hospitals,  community,  mental  health  and  social  care  services  –  by  2018.  

The  framework  creates  a  roadmap  in  order  to  deliver  both  the  national  digital  agenda  and  a  response  to  the  NHS  five  year  forward  view  to  ensure  the  required  enablers  are  in  place  to  support  progress.    The  NIB  states:  

‘Better  use  of  data  and   technology  has   the  power   to   improve  health,   transforming  the  quality  and  reducing  the  cost  of  health  and  care  services.  

 It   can   give   patients   and   citizens   more   control   over   their   health   and   wellbeing,  empower   carers,   reduce   the   administrative   burden   for   care   professionals,   and  support  the  development  of  new  medicines  and  treatments.’  

The  key  stages  and  targets  in  the  framework  are  shown  below:  

 

 

7676

Page 55: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  11  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NHS  England  Five  Year  Forward  View  

The   key   expectations   expressed   in   the   five-­‐year   forward   view   are   listed   below   with   the  expected  links  under  the  digital  programme  (assistive  technology  and  PHR)    

 

7777

Page 56: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  12  

 

LCCG  and  HLP  strategic  context  

The   Digital   Care   and   Innovation   Programme   is   one   of   five   LCCG   “Transformational  Programmes”   designed   to   drive   change,   impact   on   the   six   Healthy   Liverpool   Programme  system   drivers   (healthy   ageing,  mental   health,   long-­‐term   conditions,   children,   cancer   and  learning  disability)  and  deliver  key  HLP  health  outcomes.  This   investment  proposal  sets  out  the   key   integrated   components   that   are   designed   to   transform   how   digital   care   and  innovation   can   contribute   to   LCCG   and   HLP   priorities.   It   will   do   this   in   particular,   by  developing   the   innovation   eco-­‐system,   building   skills,   stimulating   innovation,   testing   and  scaling   up   smart   solutions,   levering   additional   finance   and  maximising   learning   from   local  and  wider   experience,   this   programme  will   transform  how  digital   care   and   innovation   can  make  a  substantive  and  measurable  impact  on  key  HLP  targets  and  priorities.  For  instance:  

NHSE%Expectation Ref Mi%Activity Mi%Role Lead Notes

Self%care Lead

Carers Lead

Engagement2&2social2marketing Support LCC2PH

Technology Lead

PHR Support iM

Helping2citizens2into/staying2in2work

LEP2activity Lead

Digital2records Support iM

Digital2inclusion2 Lead

Active2citizens2(Champions+) Lead

Digital2inclusion2 Lead

Digital2tools Lead

Co%Design Support TL

Self%care2(in2built) Support

Carers2(in2built) Support

Training2(for2technology) Support HR

PHR2inc.2self%assessment2of2change Support iM

LEP2activity Support iM

4%9 Patient2Safety Care2technology Support LCC

12%19 Parity2for2mental2health Challenge Support TL

20% Tranforming2care2for2people2with2LD

Care2technology Support TL

Access2to2GP2records Support iM

Access2to2electronic2prescriptions Support iM

Expand2and2improve2provision2of2online2services Support iM

Availability2of2online2appointments Support iM

Electronic2referrals2between2GPs2and2other2services

Support iM

Fully2interoperability2of2digital2records Support iM

Supporting2citizens2to2engage2digitally Lead

Training2(for2technology) Support HR2

New2kinds2of2worksforce2(co%design) Lead

Feeder2activity2inc.2volunteering Lead

13%15 Accelerating2useful2innovation Lead

14 NHSE%will%develop%a%deployment%model%for%new%technologies%9%goal%is%to%develop%a%"structured%method%for%introducing%new%technologies"%

PIG2activity Lead

4 More2productive2and2efficient2NHS "Through%technological%advancement%and%improvement%to%service%delivery"

Lead

6 Staff2health2and2technology Technology,2services/support2and2dunding/bids2 Support HR

Care2technology Support

Champions Lead

Social2marketing2 Support LCC2PH

Step2down Support TL

2 Creating2new2relationships2with2"citizens"2and2communities

Getting2serious2about2prevention21%7

Empowering2patients

Engaging2Communities

3 Co%creating2new2models2of2care

8%13

14%18

4.1 "The%only%purpose%of%developing%the%new%models%of%care….is%to%improve%outcomes:better%health%for%the%whole%population,%increased%quality%of%care%for%all%patients%and%better%value%for%the%tax%payer"

*%Need%to%identify%and%agree%local%priorties*%Opportunity%EOI%for%test%bed%sites%for%new%models%of%care

6 Driving2efficiency2gains

Joint2working2between2commissioners2and2providers

11%16

4 Priorities2for2operational2delivery

5 Enabling2change Harnessing2the2info2revo2and2transparency

Modern2care2&2health2workforce

1%8

9%12

7878

Page 57: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  13  

§ Innovations  that  will  enhance  healthy  lifestyles,  boost  mental  well-­‐being  and  support  self-­‐care  can  help  to  secure  additional  quality  life  years  and  improve  the  quality  of  life  for  people  with  long-­‐term  conditions;  

§ The   extensive   deployment   of   health   and   care   technology  within   people’s   homes   and  through  mobile  devices  will  reduce  emergency  admissions  at  a  population  level;  

§ Improved   experience   of   health   and   care   services   by   patients  who   feel  more   engaged  and  in  touch  with  practitioners  who,  in  turn,  are  more  enabled  to  provide  the  right  care  at  the  right  time.  

§ The  digital  and  innovation  agenda  will  play  a  key  role  in  delivering  person-­‐centred  care  -­‐   including  through  the  development  of  electronic  person  held  record  and  exploitation  of  predictive  analytics;  

§ Utilising   technology   to   share   information   and  work   collaboratively   across   settings   of  care  and  organisations.  

 Impact  on  health  inequalities  

Health   outcomes   for   Liverpool   residents,   despite   some   notable   improvements   in   recent  years,   are   often  worse   than   in   other   urban   areas   in   the  UK   and   there   are   also   disparities  within   the   city.   The   Digital   Care   and   Innovation   Programme   will   contribute   to   the   HLP’s  “whole-­‐system”   approach   to   reducing   health   inequalities  within   the   city   and   compared   to  other   parts   of   the   UK.   The   ambition   for   Liverpool   to   become   one   of   the   top   10   digitally  advanced   health   and   social   care   economies   in   Europe   will   be   a   key   factor   in   closing   the  health   outcomes   gap   with   the   rest   of   the   UK.   Equally,   addressing   intra-­‐city   health  inequalities   will   include   involving   local   people   and   communities   (through   co-­‐creation)   in  developing,  testing  and  rolling  out  innovative  products  and  services  (to  ensure  that  they  fit  with  individual  and  community  needs,  capacity  and  wishes)  and  ensuring  that  the  scaling  up  of   smart   solutions   for   health,   well-­‐being   and   social   care   is   accessible   for   people   living   in  areas  with  poor  health  outcomes.  

Potential  to  lever  additional  resources  

The   comprehensive   fit   of   LCCG’s   digital   care   and   innovation   agenda   with   strategies   at  European  through  to  local  levels  provides  a  powerful  capability  to  attract  further  resources,  including   from   health,   social   care,   employment   and   economic   policy   sectors,   links   local  action  with  best   practice,   is   supportive  of   securing  benefits   from  partnerships  beyond   the  city  region  and,  together  with  LCCG’s  current  status,  provides  a  platform  for  further  raising  LCCG  and  city  profiles  as  European  leaders  in  the  digital  care  and  innovation  field.  The  latter  in  turn  providing  further  impetus  to  attracting  resources,  high  quality  partners  and  expertise  that  can  contribute  to  LCCG  and  HLP  priorities,  outcomes  and  targets.  

   

 

 

7979

Page 58: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  14  

b. The  Case  for  Change      

Digital  technologies  such  as  the  internet  and  ‘apps’  are  transforming  our  society.    Every  day,  many  of  the  people  we  provide  care  for  and  support  use  these  technologies  to  talk  to  one  another,  work  together  and  organise  their  lives.    The  impact  that  this  technology  can  have  on  healthcare  is  equally  as  profound.    Improved  access  to  and  greater  quality  of  data  allows  us  to  better  understand  the  root  cause  of  disease  and  likely  prevalence,  whilst  linking  data,  beyond  the  patient  and  through  to  carers,  research  bodies  and  industry  can  unlock  the  whole  system  rather  than  being  restricted  to  isolated  episodes  of  care.    Beyond  this,  the  ability  to  remotely  diagnose  diseases,  monitor  vital  signs,  predict  admissions  and  even  test  blood  are  no  longer  in  the  realm  of  science  fiction.  

Regardless  of  the  organisation  or  sector,  the  use  of  digital  technology  allows  us  to  work  more  efficiently,  more  quickly  and  gain  better  results.    Both  individuals  and  professionals  alike  have,  at  one  stage  or  another,  experienced  duplication  in  the  health  and  social  care  system,  with  paper  based  recording,  different  information  sharing  agreements  and  computer  systems  in  place  across  care  providers  making  communication  particularly  difficult  and  in  some  cases  impossible.  Beyond  this,  access  to  and  the  use  of  patient  data  for  better  self  care  and  joined  up  services  are  only  part  of  the  digital  picture.    Technologies  that  allow  the  monitoring  of  patient  vital  signs,  form  part  of  diagnosis  pathway  and  state  of  the  art  sensors  to  detect  specific  cells  in  the  blood  stream  will  form  a  new  set  of  tools  that  allow  clinicians  to  gain  access  to  key  patient  telemetry  faster  to  avoid  exacerbation  and  manage  more  patients,  with  more  accuracy,  at  any  one  time.  

 

Problems  and  opportunities  

The   health   and   social   care   system   is   under   pressure   –   in   Liverpool,   in   the   UK   and  internationally.   Continuing   fiscal   austerity   combined  with   an   ageing   population   –   and   the  consequent   increasing  demands  on  health  and  social  care  services  from  multiple  and   long-­‐term   conditions   –   means   that   new   solutions   need   to   be   found   to   boost   the   cost-­‐effectiveness  of  health  and  care  provision  whilst  maintaining  the  quality  of  people’s  health,  care  and  well-­‐being.  

Digital   innovation   and   smart   solutions   provide   an   opportunity   to   address   these   key  challenges.   Many   have   the   potential   to   improve   health   and   care   services,   efficiency   and  outcomes,  enhance  the  capacity  of  people  to  self-­‐care  and  live  independently  for  longer  and  boost   satisfaction  with  health   and   care   services   and  have  positive   impacts  on   their   health  and  well-­‐being.  At   the   same   time,   local   knowledge   institutes  and  companies   could  benefit  significantly   from   local   support   to   boost   technology   sector   expansion   that,   in   turn,  would  generate  employment  and  income  growth  within  the  city.  

Within   this   macro-­‐level   picture,   there   are   many   specific   aspects   of   the   digital   care   and  innovation  programme  that  could  overcome  existing  problems  and  exploit  opportunities  to  benefit  residents  along  with  the  health  and  care  and  technology  sectors:  

8080

Page 59: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  15  

§ The   focus   on   skills   development   will   address   difficulties   in   securing   professional  engagement  (health  and  social  care)  to  help  people  to  use  and  accept  the  adoption  of  assisted   living   technologies.   Mi’s   experience   suggests   that   the   shortfall   of   training  opportunities  for  health  and  social  care  practitioners  in  assisted  living  technologies  and  the  lack  of  a  recognised  qualification  for  competence  in  their  suitability  and  use  acts  as  a   break   on   professional   engagement.     Moreover,   the   absence   of   a   recognised  professional   qualification   in   this   field   reduces   the   incentive   for   health   and   social   care  professionals   to   add   value   to   their   CVs   and   their   professional   expertise   and  mitigates  against  their  potential  role  in  stimulating  demand  for  smart  solutions  for  assisted  living.  

§ There  are  shortfalls  in  the  infrastructure  that  can  help  to  create  innovative  products  and  services   for  health,   care  and  well-­‐being  and  develop   them  to   the  market-­‐ready   stage.  Developing   living   labs   and   testing   grounds   would   address   this   gap   and   create   the  opportunity  to  produce  innovative  smart  solutions  that  ‘fit’  the  needs  and  expectations  of   citizens.     At   the   time   of   writing   this   report,   LCCG   have   been   shortlisted   by   NHS  England  as  part  of  the  national  ‘test  beds’  programme.  

§ Constraints   on   public   funding   limits   the   health   and   social   care   sector’s   capacity   to  provide   the  best  quality   services,   for  all   those   that  need   them  when   they  need   them.  The   potential   to   lever   additional   resources   from   various   sources   provides   an  opportunity  to  make  in-­‐roads  into  these  fiscally  imposed  limitations.  

§ Mi’s   success   in   scaling   up   it’s  Motiva   health   technology   service   has   led   to   over   1600  residents  benefiting  from  the  service  in  Liverpool  –  it  makes  LCCG  the  city  with  one  of  the   largest  health   technology  services   in  Europe.  Evidence  of   its  benefits   to  users  and  the  health  sector  has  been  established  with  wider  benefits  beginning  to  emerge.  There  is  an  opportunity  to  further  widen  the  reach  of  the  service,  benefiting  more  people  with  COPD,   heart   disease   and   diabetes,   in   Liverpool,   continue   to   build   the   evidence   base  around   impact   and   to   further   refine   and   enhance   the   service   to  maximise   benefits   –  including   integrating   the   service   with   the   Flo   simple   telehealth   service   which   is   just  becoming  active.  

§ Mi  has  established  the  infrastructure  for  rolling  out  care  technology  through  health  and  social  care  provider  and  consumer  market  routes  –  see  below.    The  further  scaling  up  of  care  technology  will  be  enabled  through  closer  working  and  joint  procurement  of  care  technologies  offering  economies  of  scale  and  more  seamless  working.  

§ The  introduction  of  an  electronic  person  held  record  offers  the  ability  to  truly  transform  delivery  of  self-­‐care  services.    Providing  a  platform  rather  than  simply  access  to  health  records,  the  PHR  will  provide  a  consumer  marketplace  of  apps  developed  by  industry  to  meet   the  needs  of  patients  and  capable  of   reacting   to   trends   far   faster   than  anything  led  directly  by  the  NHS  could.    The  PHR  will  enable  not  only  access  to  apps  and  online  tools   to   support   health   and   care,   but   it   will   also   enable   the   prescribing   of   apps   by  professionals   and   will   keep   patient   data   safe   and   away   from   commercial   use   unless  consent  is  given.      The  PHR  was  designed  with  representatives  from  industry  to  enable  interoperability   of   systems   allowing   patients   to   view   and   maintain   information   from  telehealth  and  other  similar  systems  after  they  have  discontinued  the  service  to  support  continued  self-­‐care.    Liverpool  CCG  is  leading  development  in  this  area  nationally  as  part  of   a   partnership   with   partnership   with   NHS   England,   the   Government   Digital   Service  (Cabinet  Office)   and   the  Health   and   Social   Care  Health   Information   Centre   (HSCIC)   to  enable   the   online   verification   of   identity   sufficient   to   share   a  medical   record  without  further   checks.     Truly   ground-­‐breaking,   the   system   will   be   capable   of   supporting  innovation   and   maintaining   pace   with   the   latest   developments   to   provide   a   digital  platform  to  host  present  and  future  digital  healthcare  solutions.  

8181

Page 60: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  16  

§ In   working   to   build   the   consumer   market   infrastructure   for   “telecare”   products   and  services,   Mi   has   made   considerable   progress   in   identifying   end   user   aspirations   and  needs,  motivations  and  barriers,  preferences  and  how  to  generate  demand  along  with  insight   into   health   and   care   professionals’   awareness   and   attitudes   to   adopting   new  approaches.   It   has   also   sought   to   build   demand   through   targeted   marketing   and  promotion   and   through   raising   awareness   through   community   based   champions   and  health   and   social   care   professionals.   Moreover,   Mi   has   focused   on   bridging   the  infrastructure   gap   to   enable   a   consumer   market   to   grow   through   creating   real   and  virtual   retail   spaces,   and   establishing   consumer   information   portals.   Building   on   this  progress   and   on   lessons   learnt   positions   LCCG   and   its   Mi   partners   to   realise   mutual  ambitions  to  realise  consumer  market  growth.  

 

Current  situation  

LCCG’s  current  digital  care  and  innovation  activity  for  assistive  technology  and  PHR  is  based  on   learning   and   evidence   from   the   Mi   Programme.   This   programme   has   received   £7.7m  from   Innovate   UK’s   dallas   programme   and   been   supported   by   LCCG   investment   totalling  £5m.  The  programme  began  in  2012  and  the  funding  from  Innovate  UK  ended  in  June  2015.    

Currently,   for   each   of   the   5   pillars,   within   this   section   of   the   Digital   Care   and   Innovation  Programme,  there  is  an  existing  foundation  to  build  on.  Overall,  there  is:    

§ a  health  and  social  care  workforce  that  is  becoming  increasingly  aware  of  the  relevance  and  potential  benefits  of  smart  services  and  products  that  can  improve  service  provision  and  benefit  patients    -­‐  but  a  lack  of  appropriate  training  and  qualifications  (pillar  1);  

§ an  existing,  growing  health  technology  service,  a  nascent  care  technology  programme,  the  beginnings  of  a  consumer  market  in  smart  solutions  for  self-­‐care,  independent  and  healthy   living,  and   foundations   for   introducing  an  electronic  person  held  record   (pillar  2);  

§ experience  in  living  lab  methodologies  for  stimulating  innovation  (pillar  3);  

§  an  eco-­‐system  of  partners  (meeting  the  multi-­‐sector  model  of  public  sector,  knowledge  institutes,  private  companies  and  community  organisations)   together  with  strong   links  to  leading  European  regions,  networks  and  partners  in  this  field  (Pillar  4);  

§ ready   access   to   learning   opportunities   about   the   state   of   the   art   and   good   practice  together   with   an   indigenous   knowledge   and   experience   acquired   through   the   Mi  programme.  

In  all  cases,  in  order  to  meet  transformational  objectives  we  must  develop  the  infrastructure  and  enhance  the  activities  within  each  pillar,  to  fill  current  gaps  and  to  maintain  and  expand  current   services  whilst   stimulating  new   innovations.  Only   this   approach  will   align  with   the  aim   to   achieve   the   broader   programme   objectives   and   contribute   to   transformational  change  and  to  LCCG  and  HLP  outcomes  and  targets.  Simply  maintaining  elements  of  current  activity  –  such  as  the  health  technology  and  care  technology  services  would  have  some  value  but  it  would  generate  a  project-­‐based  and  fragmented  approach  and  be  less  likely  to  achieve  the  goals  set.  Certainly,  it  would  fall  short  of  the  ambition  for  to  Liverpool  to  become  one  of  the   top   10  most   digitally   advanced   health   and   social   care   economies   in   Europe   by   2020.  Failing  to  invest  at  all,  or  minimally,  in  the  digital  and  innovation  agenda  would  see  Liverpool  

8282

Page 61: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  17  

fall  behind  other  parts  of   the  UK  and   further  afield  and  would   lead   to   reduced  health  and  care  services  that  involve  technology  to  benefit  local  people  and  lower  levels  of  innovation.  

2. Economic/Financial  Case  

a. Options      

As  mentioned  above,  in  order  for  each  of  the  aspects  of  the  programme  to  be  successful,  an  element  of  investment  is  required  to  support  each  pillar.    Therefore,  three  options  have  been  considered:  

Option  0:  Minimal  further  investment  in  digital  care  and  innovation  

Option  1:  Limited  Investment  in  the  programme  to  maintain  less  than  current  activity  

Option  2:  Investment  in  comprehensive  assistive  technology  and  PHR  programme  

Weighting  and  scores  for  key  objectives  in  relation  to  each  option  

    Option  0   Option  1   Option  2  

Programme  Element  Weighting    Basic  score   Weighted  score  

Basic  score   Weighted  score  

Basic  score   Weighted  score  

Pillar  1:    

Scaling  up  smart  solutions  for  health  and  social  care    

5   0   0   2   10   5   25  

Pillar  2:    

Skills  for  digital  care  and  innovation  

4   1   4   2   8   4   16  

Pillar  3:    

Developing  and  testing  leading-­‐edge  innovations  

4   0   0   3   12   4   16  

Pillar  4:  Development  of  multi-­‐sector  eco-­‐system  and  international  markets  

3   1   3   2   8   4   16  

Pillar  5:    

Intelligence  and  evaluation  

3   0   0   1   4   3   12  

TOTAL       7     42     85  

 

Key  to  weighting:  

8383

Page 62: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  18  

Minimum  score:  1  =  minor  or  less  important  

Maximum  score:  5  =  critical  to  success  

Key  to  basic  scoring:  

Minimum  score:  1  =  minimal  impact/return  on  investment  

Maximum  score:  5  =  maximum  impact/return  on  investment  

 

Conclusion  

As  the  programme  is  multifactorial,  it  is  difficult  to  disaggregate  individual  pillar  activity  and  assess  impact.    For  example,  failing  to  invest  in  the  digital  skills  of  the  workforce  will  have  a  detrimental  affect  on  the  scaling  up  of  technology  even  if  that  element  is  fully  funded.    Therefore  the  approach  taken  is  to  consider  a  uniform  level  of  investment  across  all  pillars.  

Minimal  further  investment  

As  indicated  in  the  scoring,  minimal  investment  provides  little  or  no  benefit  and  almost  no  return  on  investment,  as  technology  is  most  efficient  and  effective  when  deployed  at  scale.    Minor  use  and  investment  becomes  very  expensive  when  compared  to  outcomes  achieved.  

Limited  Investment  

A  case  can  be  made  for  limited  investment  where  technology  is  used  very  narrowly  in  very  specific  use  cases.    Here,  the  return  on  investment  can  be  improved  but  the  impact  demonstrated  on  the  current  telehealth  deployment  (see  evidence  section)  could  not  be  achieved.    Outcomes  for  this  level  of  investment  would  not  align  with  HLP  aims  for  wider  transformation  and  impacting  on  health  inequalities  would  be  limited  or  not  achieved.      Limited  use  of  online  digital  services  with  minimal  support  will  result  in  very  limited  use  of  those  services  by  the  public.    In  this  scenario,  innovation  could  not  be  supported  outside  of  individual  use  cases  and  LCCG  would  adopt  a  stance  of  following  rather  than  leading  in  the  areas  selected  to  support.      

Comprehensive  Investment  

It  is  clear  from  the  scoring  that  a  comprehensive  programme  would  be  capable  of  supporting  the  full  range  of  HLP  aims  and  offer  the  best  return  on  investment.    This  is  largely  due  to  the  economies  and  efficiencies  gained  from  deployment  of  technology  at  scale  and  supporting  a  digitally  enabled  workforce  capable  of  gaining  maximum  impact  from  that  technology.    A  full  investment  provides  for  utilisation  of  and  access  to  state  of  the  art  technology  and  the  ability  to  shape  innovation  to  best  suit  local  needs.    This  option  provides  sufficient  investment  to  shape  a  digital  health  economy  and  react  to  future  needs  yet  undiscovered.    This  option  is  recommended.  

 

 

8484

Page 63: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  19  

b. Benefits,  Outcomes  and  Outputs      

Intervention   Outputs   Outcomes   Contribution  to  strategic  goals  

Pillar  1:  Scaling  up  smart  solutions  for  health  and  social  care  

A.  Public  and  3rd  sector  procurement:  health  technology;  care  technology;  electronic  person  held  record  

Health  technology:    Minimum  1200  patients  provided  with  full  remote  health  technology  and  service  per  year  1400  patients  provided  with  Flo  simple  telehealth  service  per  year  

Increase  in  patients  self-­‐monitoring  their  health  and  self-­‐caring.  Increased  patient  knowledge  of  how  to  live  more  healthily  and  manage  their  condition  Improved  medication  adherence  Reduced  visits  to  GP  practices  Reduction  in  emergency  admissions  Improved  quality  of  life  for  people  with  long-­‐term  conditions  Improved  health  and  well-­‐being  amongst  service  users  Improved  health  literacy    Increased  clinical  productivity  Increased  digital  inclusion    

Improved  use  of  NHS  services  Increase  in  population  life  expectancy  Improvement  in  quality  of  life  for  chronic  and  older  patients  Increased  capacity  in  community  services  Greater  consistency  of  care        

Care  technology:  450  individuals/homes  provided  with  care  technology  products  and  service  per  year.  

Increased  capacity  for  people  to  live  longer  and  independently  at  home  Reduction  in  falls    

Person  Held  Record:  Person  Held  Record  platform  and  system  introduced  5000  people  accessing  Person  Held  Record  per  year  (from  yr  2)  Increase  in  high  quality  health  apps  aimed  at  self  care  

Greater  levels  of  self  care    Better  use  of  NHS  services  Improved  communication  with  patients  Market  led  health  support  capable  of  rapid  response  to  consumer  trends      

B.  Consumer  market  development  

2000  users  of  electronic  product  guide  per  year  5  retail  outlets  linked  to  electronic  product  guide  

Increased  capacity  for  people  to  live  independently  at  home  Growth  in  digital  care  and  

Improvement  in  quality  of  life  for  chronic  and  older  patients  Improved  use  of  NHS  

8585

Page 64: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  20  

200  people  purchasing  products  and  services  per  year  10  innovation  firms  selling  to  other  businesses  per  year      

innovation  economic  sector  Improved  health  and  well-­‐being  for  employees  Reduced  visits  to  GP  practices  Reduction  in  emergency  admissions  Improved  quality  of  life  for  people  with  long-­‐term  conditions  Increased  numbers  of  people  self-­‐caring  Improved  health  and  well-­‐being  amongst  those  accessing  the  consumer  market  in  smart  solutions  for  health,  care,  well-­‐being  and  independent  living  

services  Better  use  of  community  services  

C.  Levering  new  finance   4  proposals  to  national  and  European  funding  programmes  per  year  2  links  made  to  impact  investment  organisations  

1  proposal  securing  additional  resources  from  funding  programmes  1  investment  made  by  impact  investors  into  health  and  social  care  sector  and  to  SMEs.    

More  financial  capacity  to  achieve  strategic  goals  Greater  opportunity  to  support  higher  risk/higher  reward  projects  Robust  leadership  in  establishing  the  health  benefits  of  non-­‐clinical  determinants  

Pillar  2:  Skills  for  digital  care  and  innovation  

A.  Raising  awareness   300  professionals  from  health  and  social  care  sectors  and  1000  patients  with  increased  awareness  

Expanded  awareness  of  innovative  technologies,  their  suitability  and  benefits  

The  enhanced  skills  capacity  for  a  technology  enabled  care  and  health  workforce  will  support  digital  care  and  innovation  programme’s  contribution  to  achieving  HLP  targets.  Without  this  enabler,  no  other  aspects  of  technology  and  digital  solutions  can  succeed.      EU  wide  curriculum  development  possible  due  to  Erasmus+  successful  funding  bid.  

B.  Course  development   1  new  course    1  new  or  expanded  professional  qualification    

Curriculum,  course  and  training  infrastructure  to  support  health  and  social  care  engagement  in  smart  solutions  for  health,  care,  well-­‐being  and  independent  living  

C.  Tailored  training   300  health  and  social  care  professionals  trained  100  health  and  social  care  professionals  receiving  accredited  qualifications  (Yr  2)  

Health  and  social  care  workforce  equipped  and  motivated  to  engage  with,  promote  and  deliver  smart  solutions  for  health,  care,  well-­‐being  and  independent  living  

D.  Digital  skills  for  communities  

1000  people  acquiring  new  digital  skill  capacity  per  year  

Enhanced  access  to  and  confidence  in  using  digital  resources  for  people  in  disadvantaged  

Contribution  to  reducing  health  inequalities  through  improved  accessibility  and  confidence  in  using  digital  

8686

Page 65: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  21  

communities  with  increased  ability  to  self  care  and  access  resources  for  mental  health  and  social  inclusion.    

services  and  products  (compliance  with  statutory  duty)    Increased  capacity  for  citizens  to  self-­‐care,  adopt  healthy  lifestyles  and  live  independently        

Pillar  3:  Developing  and  testing  leading-­‐edge  innovations  

A.  Build  living  lab  capacity   Development  of  state  of  the  art  living  lab  infrastructure  15  SMEs  accessing  living  lab  to  develop  new  innovations  3  University  R&D  Institutes  utilising  living  lab  20  new  innovations  developed  via  a  living  lab  process  50  citizens  involved  in  co-­‐creation  process  

State  of  the  art  living  lab  providing  a  continuous  resource  for  innovation  2  new  innovative  products  and/or  services  developed  to  testing  phase  Smarter  working  technology  developed  to  create  solutions  to  workforce  demands.  Ability  to  shape  the  direction  of  innovations  e.g.  specific  health  apps.  

New  fit  for  purpose  innovations  will  contribute  to  HLP  targets  to  secure  additional  quality  life  years,  improve  quality  of  life  for  people  with  LTCs  and  to  reduce  emergency  admissions.    Creating  solutions  to  work  smarter,  not  harder.    New  living  lab  and  testing  ground  infrastructure  will  attract  innovation  companies  bolstering  goal  for  Liverpool  to  become  a  leading  digitally  advanced  health  and  social  care  economy.    Combined  with  pillar  1,  living  lab  and  testing  ground  infrastructure  will  strengthen  capacity  to  export  to  new  markets  

B.  Testing  grounds  for  piloting  and  evaluating  smart  solutions  

2  SMEs/R&D  institutes  being  tested  and  assessed  in  real  world  environments  to  market  ready  stage  per  year  

2  new  innovative  products  and/or  services  developed  to  market  ready  stage  per  year  

Pillar  4:  Development  of  multi-­‐sector  eco-­‐system  and  international  markets  

A.  Building  the  eco-­‐system   New  partners  in  smart  health  and  well-­‐being  economic  cluster  including:  § 40  SMEs  § 3  University/College  

departments  § 5  public  organisations  § 10  community  

organisations  

Expanded  and  strengthened  quadruple-­‐helix  eco-­‐system    Greater  engagement  in  health  by  wider  sectors  and  industries  to  offer  new  or  greater  methods  of  promoting  health,  wellbeing  and  self-­‐care.  

Catalyst  for  innovation  and  growth  in  health,  social  care  and  technology  sectors.  Supporting  the  development  and  expansion  of  non-­‐clinical  determinants  of  health  

C.  Accessing  new  markets   Access  to  international   Increased  exports  from   Supporting  the  local  

8787

Page 66: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  22  

markets  for  10  local  firms    

Liverpool  City  Region   economy  –  health  is  wealth  

Pillar  5:  Intelligence  and  evaluation  

A.  Predictive  analytics   Plan  and  develop  the  required  data  architecture,  transfer  protocols  and  sharing  agreements  to  enable  predictive  analytics.  

Ability  to  engage  leading  data  science  institutes  to  support  analytics  aims.  

Develop  an  intelligence  led  NHS  aiming  the  right  resources  at  the  right  people  at  the  right  time.  Reduce  health  inequalities  Smarter  working  

B.  State  of  the  art  and  good  practice  

2  professional  development  /study  visits  to  leading  exemplars  4  case  studies  of  good  practice  to  inform  intervention  and  programme  development  Process  developed  for  feeding  evidence,  state  of  the  art  and  good  practice  to  programme  leads  

More  knowledge  and  evidence-­‐based  intelligence  to  maximise  impact  of  investment  in  digital  care  and  innovation  agenda.  Improved  processes  and  outcomes  More  efficient  intervention  development  (avoidance  of  mistakes  and  not  reinventing  wheels)  in  line  with  best  practice  and  latest  knowledge  

Support  to  “get  things  right”  for  intervention  and  programme  development.  Put  and  maintain  LCCG  and  Liverpool  at  leading  edge  of  digital  care  and  innovation  field.  More  knowledge  capacity  to  achieve  strategic  goals  

C.  Intervention  and  programme  evaluation  

5  interventions  evaluated  annually  Programme  evaluation    

 

   

8888

Page 67: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  23  

c. Supporting  Evidence        

Telehealth  and  Health  Technology  to  Monitor  &  Care  for  Patients  at  Home  

The  use  of  telehealth  at  scale  across  a  health  economy  and  specifically  in  primary  care  is  unique  to  Liverpool  CCG.    There  have  been  several  academic  studies  using  small  scale  telehealth  deployments  utilised  in  very  specific  settings  and  the  ‘Whole  System  Demonstrator’  that  undertook  a  large  scale  study  across  multiple  economies  as  a  randomised  control  trial.    These  studies  are  described  briefly  below  but  each  suffer  significant   limiting  factors   in  the  design  of  the  study  as  the  results  are  most  heavily   influenced  by   how   the   technology   is   implemented,   the   patient   group   that   is   targeted   and  how  that  group  is  engaged  by  a  service  rather  than  the  effect  of  the  technology  alone.  

As  such,   the  Mi  programme  has  undertaken  an  analysis  of   the   large-­‐scale  deployment   in  Liverpool  utilising  patients   from  primary   care.     The   results  of   this   analysis   and   the  methodology  utilised  are  below:  

LCCG  Telehealth  Implementation  Analysis  

Introduction  

This  analysis   report  has  been  produced  to  provide   the   latest   findings   in   relation   to   telehealth   (TH)  patient   cohorts   for   Liverpool   CCG.   It   is   based   on   telehealth   patients   up   to   15   March   2015   and  estimates   impact   from  monthly   risk  extracts  and  SUS  data.   It  uses  matched  controls   to  correct   for  regression  to  the  mean.  The  data  presented  is  preliminary  because:  

• Not  all  patients  recruited  to  the  MI  programme  have  yet  been  included.  This  due  to  a  three  month  delay  in  the  data  collection  of  the  risk  extracts.    

• The  algorithms  for  the  selection  of  the  control  group  are  being  updated  to  establish  a  closer  match  with  the  intervention  group.    

This   report   also   includes   an   assessment   of   potential   programme   scale   in   future   years   and  programme  design.  

Headlines  

• The   risk  model   in   Liverpool   is   well   implemented   and   performs   as   well   as   or   better   than,  models  in  use  elsewhere.  For  the  top  0.1%  of  the  population  the  positive  predictive  power  is  75%.  

• Matched   controls   have   been   used   for   people   on   telehealth   to   correct   for   ‘usual   care’,  ‘regression  to  the  mean’  and  for  changes  to  the  service  model.  

• People  with  risk  >  25%  according  to  the  risk  stratification  tool,  representing  half  of  all  those  on   TH   have   23%   reduction   in   admissions,   20%   reduction   in   cost   (A&E,   Out   Patients,   In  Patients)   and   18%   reduction   in   visits   (A&E,   Out   Patients)   in   comparison  with   the   control  group.  The  results  are  statistically  significant.  

8989

Page 68: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  24  

• Off  all  patients  91%  feel  more  in  control,  are  more  confident  and/or  better  able  to  cope  with  their  long-­‐term  condition.  

Risk  Model  Performance  

The  figure  and  table  show  the  result  of  comparing  the  risk  scores  of  all  people  in  Liverpool  between  October   2013   and  October   2014.   Shown   for   each   risk   bracket   are   the   number   people   in   that   risk  bracket  and  also  how  many  of  those  people  move  out  of  the  risk  bracket  over  the  year.    

 

 

 

As  can  be  seen  there  is  a  substantial  amount  of  movement  between  risk  brackets.  This  is  particularly  true  in  the  high-­‐end  risk  brackets  where  most  people  move  down  rather  than  up.  A  common  way  to  describe  this  is  ‘regression  to  the  mean’.  More  work  is  needed  to  clarify  that  all  change  in  risk  can  be  attributed   to   this.   This   is   important   in   several   ways.   It   means   that   the   risk   of   admission   in   not  (necessarily)  an  inherent,  an  even  less  a  permanent,  feature  of  a  person  and  it  means  the  number  of  admissions   a   person   has   over   a   year   does   not   necessarily   reflect   the   risk   that   person   had   at   the  beginning  of  the  year.  

Similar   results  on  risk  churn  have  already  been  reported   in   June  2013  by  Kent  and  Medway  Public  Health  Observatory   1  which   reports   that   30%  of   patients  move  out   of   the   very   complex   risk   band  (0.5%  of  the  population)  within  one  month;  50%  after  five  months  and  80%  after  one  year.  Thus  risk  stratification  results  quickly  become  outdated.  That  report  proposes  that  prediction  of  a  ‘crisis  year’  and  preventive  intervention  or  approaches  for  the  complex  risk  group  could  have  a  more  significant  impact  on  reducing  unplanned  admissions.  We  intend  to  investigate  if  the  Liverpool  dataset  enables  the  prediction  of  risk  changes  or  a  crisis  year.  

The  304  people  in  the  top  risk  bracket  in  October  13,  represents  the  top  0.1%  of  the  population.  Of  these  people,  227   (75%)  experienced  one  more  emergency  admissions  between  Oct13  and  Oct14.  Therefore  if  being  in  the  top  0.1%  is  taken  as  a  test  for  admission  risk,  the  positive  predictive  value  (PPV)   of   that   test   is   75%.   Similarly,   of   the   2025   people   with   a   risk   above   60%   (0.5%   of   the  population),  63%  had  emergency  admissions  between  Oct13  and  Oct14.  Hence  the  PPV  for  R>60%  is  63%.  These  preliminary  numbers  indicate  the  performance  of  the  risk  model  in  Liverpool  and  can  be  

                                                                                                                         1  www.kmpho.nhs.uk/EasySiteWeb/GatewayLink.aspx?alId=303855  

5% -­‐                     345,655   11,632           357,287         437,768    15% 1,297             41,768         11,113           54,178             80,481        25% 2,441             7,348             4,844               14,633             26,303        35% 1,886             1,819             1,813               5,518                   11,670        45% 1,406             565                     734                       2,705                   6,152            55% 883                   225                     314                       1,422                   3,447            65% 544                   117                     181                       842                         2,025            75% 388                   65                         92                           545                         1,183            85% 226                   57                         51                           334                         638                    95% 194                   110                     -­‐                       304                         304                    

#  people  staying  in  band

#  people  moving  up

#  total  of  people

#  pople  moving  down

risk  band  midpoint

9090

Page 69: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  25  

compared   with   documented   values   from   the   original   Wales   Model   documentation   and   of   other  models.    The  table  below  gives  an  overview.  As  can  be  seen  the  Wales  Model  in  Liverpool  compares  favourably  to  other  models.  The  ‘Optimized  W  model  in  Lpool’  in  the  table  refers  to  a  calculation  in  which  the  same  parameters  are  used  but  the  coefficients  (odds  ratios)  recalculated  using  Liverpool  outcomes.  

 

            Prevalence   PPV  (0.1%)  

PPV  (0.5%)  

AUC  (C-­‐stat)  

Welsh  model  in  Liverpool   6.9%   75%   63%   0.74  

Optimized  W  model  Lpool   6.9%   77%   67%   0.75  

WM  in  WM  documentation     74%   52%    

CPM  as  reported  in  WM  doc   6.90%   60%   46%    

CPM  as  reported  in  CPM  doc     74%   30%    

CPM  as  reported  in  DM  doc     60%   49%    

DM  as  reported  in  DM   8.9%   73%   59%   0.78  

 

Telehealth  cohort  characterisation  

Nearly   1600   patients   in   Liverpool  have   now  been   recruited   to   TH.   The  results   in   this   note   are  mainly   based  on   the   1064   patients   recruited  between   October   2013   and   March  2015   and   who   remained   on   service  for  at  least  1  month.  The  two  slides  in  this   section   summarise   the  characteristics  of  the  TH  cohort.      

 

The   average   risk   is   26%.   This  means  that  only  1  in  3  of  the  patients  in  the  telehealth  cohort  is  expected  to  have  an   emergency   admission   in   the   next  12   months.   Also,   50%   of   telehealth   patients   have   not   had   an   admission   in   the   12   months.  Consequently  we  must  be  realistic  about  the  impact  on  admissions  of  telehealth  for  the  cohort  as  a  whole.    

9191

Page 70: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  26  

Another   important   factor   is   the   changing   nature   of   the   telehealth   cohort  with   time.   In   the   initial  months  of  the  project  (when  patients  were  recruited  primarily  from  Community  Matron  Case  load)  there  were  more  high-­‐risk  patients  whereas  in  more  recent  times  (enrolments  from  GP  practice  case  finding)  a   lower  average   is  seen.    The  changing  nature  of   the  cohort   is  also  reflected   in   the   length  that  people  have  been  on  Telehealth.  The  Length  on  Service   (LoS)  has  changed  from  8  months   for  patients  at  the  beginning  of  the  month  to  an  average  of  5  months  towards  the  end.  Note  that  the  LoS  figures  for  Jan  15  to  Mar  15  do  not  reflect  the  end  of  service,  but  the  end  of  the  time  period  of  this  snap-­‐shot.  

 

Matched  controls  

We   build   a   control   group   for   the   telehealth   cohort   by   finding   in   the   de-­‐identified   risk   dataset,   3  matches   for   each   person   enrolled   in   telehealth.   The  matching   occurs   on   a   person   by   person   and  month  by  month  basis.  Hence  for  someone  enrolled  on  Motiva  in  October  2013  we  find  3  records  in  the  October  2013  data  that  match  the  data  of  the  Motiva  recipient  (the  principal).    The  controls  have  the  same  long  term  long  term  conditions  (COPD,  HF  and/or  diabetes)  and  are  within  a  set  distance  in  terms  of  age,  risk,  number  of  admissions,  deprivation  and  the  polypharmacy  parameter  of   the  risk  model.  This  set  distance  has  to  be  chosen  with  some  care.   If   it   is  too  large,  the  controls  cannot  be  considered  a  close  match  to  the  principal  and  there  will  be  a  poor  correlation  between  principals  and  controls.  If  the  set  distance  it  is  too  small  there  is  a  risk  that  no  suitable  matches  are  found.  This  will  result  in  a  high  failure  rate.  The  table  in  the  slide  summarises  the  results  for  the  control  considered  in   this  note2.  The   square  of   the  correlation   (R2)   is  0.97  and   the   failure   rate  1.9%.  The  controls  are  assigned  the  same  Motiva  enrolment  and  disenrollment  dates  as  the  principals  and  hence  the  same  month  by  month   enrolment   table   is   created   as   for   the   intervention   group.  No   control   is   included  twice  in  the  group  and  controls  are  not  drawn  from  the  telehealth  population.  

 

                                                                                                                         2  Code  named  DisCd14  for  reference.  

9292

Page 71: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  27  

Note   that   the   controls   are   not   matched   on   geography   (GP   practice)   or   gender.   It   is   possible   in  principle   to   do   this,   but   this   will   either  mean   an   increase   in   failure   rate   or,   if   the   set   distance   is  increased,   a   poorer   match   in   terms   of   admissions,   age   and   risk.   Another   effect   to   note   is   that,  because   the   intervention   group   has   (on   average)   higher   than   age,   risk   and   admissions   than   the  population  that  the  controls  are  drawn  from,  the  matching  algorithm  has  a  bias  towards  lower  age,  risk  and  admissions.  We  are  however  continuing  to  look  for  ways  to  improve  the  matching  algorithm  and  correct  against  this  bias.  

Other  limitations  of  the  control  group  are  that  we  cannot  know  if  the  controls  would  be  suitable  or  indeed  would  have  consented  to  telehealth.  Indeed  controls  are  found  in  the  overall  Liverpool  data  sets,   the  control  group  will   include  patients   from  practice   lists   that  are  already  participating   in  the  telehealth  programme  and  some  may  well  have  been  offered  telehealth  and  refused.  

 

Impact  of  Telehealth    

 We  can  now  study  the  impact  of  telehealth  and  compare  this  with  changes  in  the  control  group.  In  contrast   to   previous   evaluation   note,   here   we   do   this   on   the   basis   of   the   pseudonimised   SUS  (secondary  usage  statistic  data)   that  Liverpool  CCG  has  access   to3.  The  pseudonymisation  codes   in  the  SUS  data  set  are  the  same  as  those  in  the  risk  extracts.  

The  advantage  of  using  SUS  data  rather  than  the  data  in  the  risk  extract  data  is  that  it  contains  more  utilisation   parameters   (In-­‐patient   admission   &   cost,   Out   patient   visits,   A&E   attendance),   contains  

                                                                                                                         3  Thanks  to  Andrea  Hutchinson  for  performing  the  SUS  searches  for  both  intervention  and  control  sets.  

9393

Page 72: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  28  

accurate  time  stamps      and  covers  a   larger  period   (pre  October  2013).  The   figure  below   illustrates  the   before/after   comparison   done   for   intervention   and   control   group.   For   each   patient,   a   fixed  period  starting  one  year  before  the  start  of  telehealth   is  compared  with  the  same  period  after  the  start  of  telehealth.  This  approach  compensates  for  seasonality.    

 

 

Many  different  comparisons  can  be  made  in  this  way  for  different  time  periods,  healthcare  activity  parameters   and   subsets   of   the   intervention   (and   control   group).   The   table   illustrates   one   such  comparison.  In  the  8  month  period  one  year  before  start  of  telehealth  patients  with  a  risk  above  50%  have  on  average  2.1  admissions.  In  the  8  months  after  starting  telehealth  they  have  on  average  1.0  admissions.    This  represents  a  reduction  of  1.1.  The  reduction  in  the  control  group  is  0.4  giving  a  net  reduction  of  0.7,  or  33%  with  respect  to  the  2.1  admissions  in  the  8  month  period  one  year  before  start  of  telehealth.  The  result  is  statistically  significant  with  p  value  of  0.01.  

Having   established,   slightly   laboriously,   the   impact   on   admissions   for   the   subset   of   people   with  r>50%,  we  can  now  track  the  impact  of  different  parameters  for  different  groups.  The  figures  below  illustrate  the  results  for  8  month  periods  for  admissions,  IP/OP  cost  and  OP/AE  visits.  The  blue  lines  present   the   net   reduction   in   comparison   with   the   control   group   (left   hand   axis);   the   red   lines  illustrate  the  p-­‐values  (right  hand  axis).  As  can  be  seen  the  results  tend  to  be  significant   in  the  risk  range   20%-­‐70%.   Above   that   range   the   effect   may   be   large   but   there   are   not   enough   subject   to  establish  statistical   significance,  below  the   range   the  effect   is   too  small   to  be  sufficiently  powered  even  with  the  relatively  large  patients  numbers  in  the  cohort.  This  may  improve  as  we  include  more  patients  in  the  analysis.    

Taking  r>25%,  the  median  risk  as  a  convenient  reference  point,  representing  half  of  all  those  on  TH.  The   figure   show   a   statistically   significant,   23%   reduction   in   admissions,   20%   reduction   in   cost  (AE,OP,IP)  and  18%  reduction  in  visits  (AE/OP)  in  comparison  with  the  control  group.    

 

     

9494

Page 73: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  29  

Self-­‐reported  outcomes  

Patients   on   Motiva   are   asked   to   answer   an  engagement   and   satisfaction   questionnaire  toward   their   time   on   Motiva.   It   contains   21  questions   and   provides   useful   information   on  how   patients   experience   the   system,   whether  they   see   changes   in   the   way   they  manage   their  disease   and   whether   they   attribute   this   to  Motiva.     Feedback   is   generally   positive   and   the  questionnaire   shows   that   a   large   majority   of  patients   gain   increased   confidence,   a   sense   of  being   in   control   of   their   health   or   an   ability   to  cope  better  with  their  disease.    

For   instance   91%   of   people   feel  more   in   control  or  more  confident  or  better  able  to  cope  with  their  condition.  Also  about  half  report  that  they  have  made   changes   in   their   lifestyle   in   terms   of   diet   or   exercise.   These   results   indicate   that   the   Mi  programme  can  move  the  needle,  although  more   is  needed  to   link  this  to  the  formal  tools  used   in  the   CCG   evaluation   criteria.     Further   analysis   is   also   needed   to   demonstrate   that   the   increased  confidence,  ability  to  (self)  manage  and  changes  in  lifestyle  are  linked  to  reductions  in  healthcare  as  demonstrated  in  SUS  and  GP  data.  

Implications  for  future  design  

Building   on   the   fantastic   engagement  with   GPs   in   Liverpool   and   the   operational   assets   that   have  been  created  in  Mi,  telehealth  should  be  continued  to  be  offered  to  large  patient  groups,  but  a  more  proactive   segmentation   into   patient   cohorts   is   needed   for   a   sustainable   and   economically   viable  service.  

To   bring   the   demonstrated   impact   and   cost   of   service   in   closer   agreement   it   makes   sense   to  encourage   consenting   patients   with   a   low   risk   score   to   enrol   in   Flo/Guide.   The   monitoring   and  regular  review  that  is  part  of  Flo/Guide  means  that  patients  can  be  stepped  up  if  needed.  A  risk  cut-­‐off  of  25%   is  proposed  as  a  guide  to  suggest  Flo/Guide  or  Monitor.  This  would  mean  that  half   the  patients  would  go  on  each  service   level.  The  cut-­‐off   is   for  guidance;   final  decision  which  service   is  most  appropriate  for  a  patient  will  be  a  matter  of  clinical  insight  and  patient  choice.  

 

The  table  below  provides  an  example  as  to  what  the  scaled  up  telehealth  design  would  mean  for  the  City  of   Liverpool.  According   to   the  April   2015   risk  extract   there  are  25,081  people  diagnosed  with  

Flo/Guide Motiva Motiva0%-­‐25% 25%-­‐50% 50%-­‐100%

Number  of  people  in  risk  band  with  COPD,  HF  or  Diab  (all  ages) 25,081                       7,754                           2,175                          Engagement  /  identification  /  recruitment  succes  rate 6% 15% 12%

Expected  number  of  people  on  service 1505 1163 261For  reference,    people  recruited  to  Motiva  between  Oct  13  and  Mar  15 534  (2.1%) 434  (5.6%) 96  (4.4%)

Cost  per  patient  (assuming  6  months  on  Motiva  and  6  months  on  flo  for  r>25%) £300 £900 £900

Total  cost

risk  bandDescription

£1,733,148

9595

Page 74: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  30  

diabetes,  COPD  or  HF,  with  a  risk  between  0%  and  25%.  On  the  other  hand  534  people  in  that  risk  bracket  were  recruited  to  TH  between  Oct  13  and  Mar  15.  This  represents  2.1%  of  that  city  wide  LTC  group.  This  2.1%  penetration  is  the  total  product  of  the  engagement  work,  the  case  finding  process  and   the   recruitment   process   in   calls,   visits   and   installations   that   has   taken   place   over   the   last   18  months.  It  clearly  has  scope  to  increase.  The  percentages  for  the  25%-­‐50%  and  50%-­‐100%  brackets,  given  in  the  table,  are  5.6%  and  4.4%  respectively.  Again  there  is  considerable  scope  for  expansion.    

The  TH  programme  has  so  far  engaged  with  about  a  1/3  of  the  GP  practices  in  Liverpool.  It  would  not  seem  unreasonable  therefore  to  aim  to  raise  the  penetration  rates  to  6%,  15%  and  12%  respectively.  This   would   set   the   ambition   to   make   the   programme   truly   city   wide.   At   the   same   time   the  penetration  rates  are  still  modest  enough  to  be  achievable  even  if  some  practices  remain  disengaged  and   some   patients   remain   hard   to   reach.   The   table   illustrates   what   this   will   mean   for   patient  numbers.    

We  suggest  that  people  with  above  median  risk  (>25%)  will  (on  average)  receive  6  months  on  Motiva  and  then  6  months  on  Flo/Guide.  People  with  below  median  risk  (<25%)  will  (on  average)  receive  12  months  on  Flo/Guide.  The  total  costs  for  the  programme  is  indicated.  

Projected  Benefits  

To   estimate   the   potential   benefits,   we   assume   (conservatively)   that   a   15%   reduction   overall  reduction  in  healthcare  utilisation  occurs  for  people  r>25%.  Broken  down  to  25%  for  r>50%  and  12%  for  25%<r<50%.  We  assume  no  short  term  calculable  benefit  for  r<25%.  

 

We  now  want  to  calculate  what  that  reduction  would  be  in  monetary  terms  

 

We  use  three  sources  of  information  to  estimate  this:    

• Cost   vs   risk   for   elective   and  non-­‐elective   admissions.   Richard  Houghton’s   report4   provides  data  on  IP/OP  spend  per  risk  bracket  in  Liverpool.    

• LCCG  expenditure  breakdown.  According  to  its  annual  report,  Liverpool  spent  £426,692k  on  the   Acute   sector   in   2014,   on   the   other   hand,   the   total   sum   of   IP/OP   spend   for   all   risk  brackets   in  Houghton’s  report   is  £298,300k.  We  speculate  that  the  difference  of  £426,692-­‐£298,300  =  £128,392k  is  due  to  bulk  contracts  and  fixed  costs,  but  can  still  be  amortized  to  individual  health  care  activity  

• Cost  and  setting  for  relevant  episodes  of  care:  Secondary  analysis  of  the  Symphony  project  in  Somerset5  has  shown  that  a  factor  of  152%  can  be  applied  to  the  acute  cost  to  include  to  

                                                                                                                         4  “Integrated  Care:  Risk  of  Admission  Population  Analysis”  Richard  Houghton,  Liverpool  CCG,  4th  June  2013.  The  paper  contains  aggregate  data  analysis  on  404,477  patients  from  18  neighbourhoods  (74  practices)  contributing  to  the  April  2013  risk  stratification  extract.  

9696

Page 75: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  31  

include   Community,   Continuing   and   Primary   Care   for   the   disease   areas   of   interest   here  (Diabetes,  HF,  COPD  and  Hypertension)  

 

Putting   these  numbers   together   results   in   the   table  below.  We  acknowledge   that   there  are  brave  assumptions  here  and  question  of  whether  the  full  cash  releasing  benefit   is  100%  possible  has  not  been  addressed.    

   

A   key   element   not   yet   evaluated   is   the   impact   of   telehealth   on   the   workforce.     Currently   the  telehealth   hub,   consisting   of   three   nursing   staff   can   monitor   and   triage   between   600   and   700  patients  at  any  one  time.    Compared  to  current  models  of  care  based  on  nurses  travelling  to  patient  homes  this  is  a  significant  increase  in  capacity.    When  set  against  the  forecast  increase  in  the  elderly  population  and  correlating  increase  in  patients  with  chronic  conditions,  telehealth  holds  far  greater  potential  for  saving  in  the  health  system  than  in  reducing  admissions  alone.  

Further  work  is  planned  to  map  the  impact  of  telehealth  on  workforce  levels  over  the  next  15  years  and   the  potentially   significant   savings   that   can  be   realised  by  maintaining   rather   than   significantly  growing  the  clinical  workforce.  

 

Brief  Review  of  Evidence  in  literature  on  Telehealth    

Important  evidence  for  telehealth  comes  from  the  Whole  System  Demonstrator  (WSD),  a  randomized  control  trial  with  3230  patients  in  Newham,  Kent  and  Cornwall  conducted  in  2008/2009.  As  reported  by  Steventon  et  al6  “telehealth  can  deliver  a  15%  reduction  in  A&E  visits,  a  20%  reduction  in  emergency  admissions,  a  14%  reduction  in  elective  admissions,  a  14%  reduction  in  bed  days  and  an  8%  reduction  in  tariff  costs”.  However  the  WSD  is  not  without  its  limitations.  As  acknowledged  in  other  papers  from  the  trial  team,  there  was  in  fact  no  system  redesign  and  patient                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            5  "The  Importance  of  Multimorbidity  in  Explaining  Utilisation  and  Costs  Across  Health  and  Social  Care  Settings:  Evidence  from  South  Somerset’s  Symphony  Project"  Panos  Kasteridis,  Andrew  Street,  Matthew  Dolman,  Lesley  Gallier,  Kevin  Hudson,  Jeremy  Martin  and  Ian  Wyer  [York,  Sommerset]  CHE  Research  Paper  96,  available  at    http://www.york.ac.uk/media/che/documents/papers/researchpapers/CHERP96_multimorbidity_utilisation_costs_health_social%20care.pdf  February  2014  (2014)  6  "Effect  of  telehealth  on  use  of  secondary  care  and  mortality:  findings  from  the  Whole  System  Demonstrator  cluster  randomised  trial"  Adam  Steventon,  Martin  Bardsley,  John  Billings,  Jennifer  Dixon,  Helen  Doll,  Shashi  Hirani,  Martin  Cartwright,  Lorna  Rixon,  Martin  Knapp,  Catherine  Henderson,  Anne  Rogers,  Ray  Fitzpatrick,  Jane  Hendy  and  Stanton  Newman  [Nuffield]  BMJ  2012;344:e3874  doi:  10.1136/bmj.e3874  (2012)  

25%-­‐50% 50%-­‐100%

£963 £7,041

£2,741,958

Cost  in  risk  bracket  cost  tab  (corresponds  to  Houghton's  report)

Scaled  acute  cost  per  patient  in  risk  bracket  to  match  costs  reported  in  annual  report.

Scaled  cost  per  patient  to  include  Community,Continuing  and  Primary  Care.

Savings £904,257

939

12%

£8,024 £28,162

25%

261

£1,837,701

Impact  Rate

Expected  number  of  people  on  service

Risk  Band

£2,526 £8,864

£5,244 £18,407

Savings  Per  Person

9797

Page 76: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  32  

selection  was  not  done  on  the  basis  of  suitability  for  remote  care7,  neither  was  this  study  able  to  demonstrate  a  positive  economic  result.    

A  recent  meta-­‐analysis8  of  RCTs  and  observational  studies  of  readmission  reduction  in  patients  with  heart  failure  found  a  general  reduction  in  readmissions  although  there  was  also  one  paper  in  which  the  control  group  did  better  than  the  intervention  group.  Interestingly  the  authors  observe  that  the  impact  of  remote  monitoring  depends  on  the  quality  of  the  ‘usual  care’  in  any  particular  study.  These  results  confirm  an  earlier  Cochrane  review9  which  concluded  that  telemonitoring  of  patients  with  heart  failure  reduced  the  rate  of  death  from  any  cause  by  44%  and  the  rate  of  heart-­‐failure–related  hospitalizations  by  21%.  However,  the  quality  of  the  methods  used  in  the  reviewed  studies  was  variable,  and  many  of  them  were  small.    

Another  review10  from  the  Cochrane  collaboration  on  telehealth  for  COPD  also  found  broadly  positive  results  and  concluded  that  telehealth  in  COPD  appears  to  have  a  possible  impact  on  the  quality  of  life  of  patients  and  the  number  that  attend  the  emergency  department  and  the  hospital.    

A  very  extensive  overview11  of  studies  on  “Interventions  to  reduce  unplanned  hospital  admission”  by  the  Bristol  and  Cardiff  groups,  which  is  available  online  found  that  “There  was  evidence  that  education/self-­‐  management,  exercise/rehabilitation  and  telemedicine  in  selected  patient  populations,  and  specialist  heart  failure  interventions  can  help  reduce  unplanned  admissions.  However,  the  evidence  to  date  suggests  that  majority  of  the  remaining  interventions  included  in  these  reviews  do  not  help  reduce  unplanned  admissions  in  a  wide  range  of  patients.”    

We  stress  that  the  proposed  telehealth  service  in  Liverpool  is  both  about  monitoring  and  education.  Although  common  sense  suggests  that  education  is  a  good  thing,  solid  evidence  for  a  beneficial  impact  is  limited.  A  trial  in  Spain  with  the  Philips  Motiva  system  demonstrated  a  positive  result12  and  a  recent  paper13  in  the  Journal  of  the  American  Geriatrics  Society  found  that  Care  management  coupled  with  content-­‐  driven  telehealth  technology  has  potential  to  improve  health  outcomes.    

A  recent  paper14  in  the  BMJ  on  a  trial  in  Lothian  acknowledges  that  “the  heterogeneity  of  interventions  thatusetelemonitoringcontributestothedifficultyininterpretingoutcomes”.  The  

                                                                                                                         7  "An  organisational  analysis  of  the  implementation  of  telecare  and  telehealth:  the  whole  systems  demonstrator"  Jane  Hendy,  Theopisti  Chrysanthaki,  James  Barlow,  Martin  Knapp,  Anne  Rogers,  Caroline  Sanders,  Peter  Bower,  Robert  Bowen,  Ray  Fitzpatrick,  Martin  Bardsley,  Stanton  Newman  [Imperial]  BMC  Health  Services  Research  12:403  doi:10.1186/1472-­‐6963-­‐12-­‐403  (2012)  8  “Remote  monitoring  after  recent  hospital  discharge  in  patients  with  heart  failure:  a  systematic  review  and  network  meta-­‐analysis”  Abdullah  Pandor,  Tim  Gomersall,  John  W  Stevens,  Jenny  Wang,  Abdallah  Al-­‐Mohammad,  Ameet  Bakhai,  John  G  F  Cleland,  Martin  R  Cowie,  Ruth  Wong  Heart  2013;  99:1717-­‐1726  doi:10.1136/heartjnl-­‐2013-­‐30381    9  "Structured  telephone  support  or  telemonitoring  programmes  for  patients  with  chronic  heart  failure"  Ingis  SC,  Clark  RA,  McAlister  FA,  Ball  J,  Lewinter  C,  Cullington  D,  Stewart  S,  Cleland  JGF.  []  Cochrane  Database  of  Systematic  Reviews  2010,  Issue  8.  Art.  No.:  CD007228.  DOI:  10.1002/14651858.CD007228.pub2  (2010)    10  "Telehealthcare  for  chronic  obstructive  pulmonary  disease"  Susannah  McLean,  Ulugbek  Nurmatov,  Joseph  LY  Liu,  Claudia  Pagliari,  Josip  Car,  Aziz  Sheikh  []  Cochrane  Database  of  Systematic  Reviews  2011,  Issue  7.  Art.  No.:  CD007228.  DOI:  10.1002/CD007718.CD007228.pub2  (2011)    11  http://www.bristol.ac.uk/primaryhealthcare/docs/projects/unplannedadmissions.pdf    12  "Noninvasive  remote  telemonitoring  for  ambulatory  patients  with  heart  failure:  effect  on  number  of  hospitalizations,  days  in  hospital,  and  quality  of  life"  Domingo  M,  Lupón  J,  González  B,  Crespo  E,  López  R,  Ramos  A,  et  al.  CARME  (Catalan  Remote  Management  Evaluation)  Study.  Rev  Esp  Cardiol  vol  64  pp277-­‐85  (2011)    13  "Effects  of  Care  Management  and  Telehealth:  A  Longitudinal  Analysis  Using  Medicare  Data"  Laurence  C.  Baker,  Dendy  S.  Macaulay,  Rachael  A.  Sorg,  Melissa  D.  Diener,  Scott  J.  Johnson,  Howard  G.  Birnbaum  []  Journal  of  the  American  Geriatrics  Society  vol  61  (9)  pp  1532-­‐5415  (2013)    14  "Effectiveness  of  telemonitoring  integrated  into  existing  clinical  services  on  hospital  admission  for  exacerbation  of  chronic  obstructive  pulmonary  disease:  researcher  blind,  multicentre,  randomised  controlled  trial"  Hilary  Pinnock,  Janet  Hanley,  Lucy  McCloughan,  Allison  Todd,  Ashma  Krishan,  Stephanie  Lewis,  Andrew  Stoddart,  Marjon  van  der  Pol,  William  MacNee,  Aziz  Sheikh  Claudia  Pagliari,  Brian  McKinstry  BMJ  2013;347:f6070  (2013)    

9898

Page 77: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  33  

investigators  responded  to  that  observation  by  creating  an  RCT  in  which  the  issue  of  telehealth  technology  is  purely  an  add-­‐on  to  existing  services.  They  find,  in  the  words  of  an  accompanying  editorial,  that  telehealth  “adds  little  to  well  supported  self-­‐management”.  That  does  not  mean  however,  that  telehealth  does  not  have  a  role  in  comprehensive  service  redesign  and  efficiency  savings.    

The  importance  to  get  the  delivery  model  (as  well  as  the  technology)  right  is  also  highlighted  in  the  UK  government  change  in  direction  for  its  3  million  lives  programme15.  This  has  been  done  to  create  closer  ties  with  integrated  care  and  social  care  agendas.  Although  this  has  led  to  some  bad  press16  

the  real  message  is  that  telehealth  should  not  be  seen  in  isolation  but  as  part  of  coordination  and  integration  with  the  wider  health  and  social  care  services,  so  they  become  a  mainstream  service,  not  a  side-­‐line  proposition.    

In  conclusion,  the  literature  is  generally  poor  but  that  the  overall  view  supports  the  view  that  telehealth,  as  part  of  a  well-­‐  designed  service  and  well  supported  self-­‐management,  can  deliver  substantial  benefits  in  terms  of  admission  reduction  and  outcome  improvements.    

 

Telecare  

Demographic  Case  

Ageing  populations  and  the  rise  in  chronic  diseases  are  major  societal  challenges  for  the  UK,  Europe  and  beyond.  The  growing  numbers  and  proportion  of  elderly  people  are  likely  to  increase  the  incidence  of  chronic  diseases  and  will  place  considerable  financial  and  capacity  pressures  on  health  and  social  care  services  and  the  wider  economy.  In  Liverpool  City  Region,  these  challenges  are  exacerbated  by  health  and  well-­‐being  indicators  that  -­‐  despite  some  notable  improvements  in  recent  years  -­‐  remain  worse  than  national  averages.  

 

Figures  within  the  Joint  Needs  Assessment  for  2012  show  there  are  an  estimated  469,700  people  living  in  Liverpool,  which  is  a  6.3%  increase  since  the  low  point  in  population  levels  of  2001.    The  Chart  below  shows  the  projected  population  change  between  2012  and  2021.    This  projection  shows  the  expected  increase  in  the  older  population  especially  the  85+  age  group.    

 

                                                                                                                         15  "New  technology  can  improve  the  health  services  delivered  to  millions  of  people"  Rachel  Cashman  []  NHS  England  news  archive  November  2013  http://www.england.nhs.uk/2013/11/15,  accessed  9  Dec  2013  (2013)    16  http://www.pulsetoday.co.uk/commissioning/commissioning-­‐topics/telehealth-­‐/nhs-­‐england-­‐drops-­‐plan-­‐to-­‐have-­‐100000-­‐  telehealth-­‐users-­‐this-­‐year/20005150.article  

9999

Page 78: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  34  

 

 

 

In  addition,  Dementia  UK  estimates  that  63.5%  of  people  with  late  onset  dementia  live  in  private  households  (in  the  community)  and  36.5%  live  in  care  homes.  The  proportion  living  in  care  homes  rises  steadily  with  age,  from  26.6%  among  65–74  year  olds  to  60.8%  among  ages  90  and  over.  Based  on  these  estimates  of  dementia  it  is  thought  that  3,161  people  with  dementia  live  in  the  community  in  Liverpool  and  1,651  require  a  care  home.      

   

With  these  demographic  pressures  and  a  significant  reduction  in  public  sector  funding,  there  is  a  drive  towards  integrated  services  and  the  need  to  deliver  health  and  social  care  in  innovative  ways  to  meet  the  growing  needs  of  the  ageing  population.    Technology  can  be  an  ‘enabler’  in  this  context  and  the  use  of  care  technology  (traditionally  known  as  Telecare)  can  help  keep  people  independent  in  the  community  longer,  reduce  instances  of  delayed  discharge  from  acute  and  intermediate  services  and  reduce  the  burden  of  care  costs.  

   

Supporting  Evidence  of  Telecare  

Despite  the  considerable  drive  towards  technology  enhanced  care  services,  there  is  relatively  little  published  evidence  providing  a  comprehensive  review  of  care  technology  (telecare)  compared  to  other  areas  such  as  health  technology  (telehealth).    

Two  studies  which  have  informed    the  current  drive  towards  technology  supported  care  services  are:  An  Assessment  of  the  Development  of  Telecare  in  Scotland  by  the  Joint  Improvement  Team  and              A  Review  of  the  Evidence  Base  for  Telecare  commissioned  by  the  Department  of  Health.  

The  latter  review  must  be  considered  compromised  to  some  extent  as  the  data  gathered  was  self  reported  from  a  range  of  smaller  local  studies  an  evaluations.    The  overview  report  was  produced  for  the  Department  of  Health  in  2006  by  the  Evidence  Working  Group  of  the  Telecare  Policy  Collaborative,  which  reported:  

100100

Page 79: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  35  

•  Telecare  helped  West  Lothian  achieve  the  lowest  proportion  of  delayed  hospital  discharges  of  older  people  in  Scotland  and  reduced  the  average  stay  in  private  care  homes  from  36  to  18  months’  

•  The  ‘Safe  at  Home’  scheme  in  Northampton  ‘suggested  that  telecare  helped  people  (with  dementia)  to  keep  living  independently  in  their  own  homes  for  longer’  

•  Data  from  Birmingham’s  community  alarm  service  ‘showed  that  a  substantial  return  on  investment  in  the  form  of  reduced  hospitalisation  costs  and  reduced  residential  care  could  be  achieved  over  a  ten  year  period  

•  Evidence  from  a  telecare  scheme  for  frail  older  people  in  North  West  Surrey  ‘shows  that  telecare  focused  on  safety  and  security  could  reduce  the  number  of  people  entering  residential  care  by  11%  in  the  fifth  year  after  implementation  or  perhaps  25%  in  year  20  

 

There  are  many  similar  reports  and  papers  revealing  results  that  are  positive  in  terms  of  quality  of  life  and  useage  of  services  (efficiencies  gained  by  service  providers  or  commissioners).  

One  such  report  is  based  on  the  Aktive  Project.    The  report,  ‘The  role  of  telecare  in  meeting  the  care  needs  of  older  people’17  concluded  that  based  on  a  review  of  literature  the  implications  of  telecare  for  individual  service  users,  care  workers  and  carers:  

‘….  Recent  policy  statements  have  highlighted  the  potential  of  telecare  to  provide  support,  reassurance  and  peace  of  mind  to  both  people  with  disabilities  and  carers,  helping  the  former  to  maintain  their  independence  and  the  latter  to  sustain  their  caring  and  other  roles.  The  available  empirical  evidence  from  studies  of  service  users  and  their  carers  lends  considerable  support  to  this  view,  although  researchers  note  that  data  have  often  been  collected  by  service  providers  or  are  based  on  small  studies  whose  findings  cannot  be  generalised  to  wider  populations  of  telecare  users.  A  key  theme  in  the  literature  is  that  telecare  provides  a  sense  of  security  and  confidence  for  service  users,  particularly  those  with  dementia,  as  well  as  for  their  carers.  Carers  in  a  range  of  studies  have  reported  benefits  in  using  telecare,  including:  increased  independence;  greater  peace  of  mind;  improved  health  and  well-­‐being;  reduced  pressure  on  carers;  and  improvements  in  their  relationship  with  the  person  they  look  after.  Research  on  care  workers  is  limited  and  presents  a  less  clear  picture.  Some  studies  have  reported  that  using  telecare  enables  care  workers  to  carry  out  their  job  roles  more  effectively,  while  others  highlight  challenges  in  using  these  technologies  among  service  users,  carers  and  care  workers…’  

This  evidence  should  also  be  considered  against  the  randomised  control  trial  ‘The  Whole  System  Demonstrator’  as  discussed  in  the  telehealth  evidence  section.    The  report  looking  at  the  effect  of  telecare  on  health  and  social  care  services18  found  no  statistically  significant  reduction  in  service  use                                                                                                                            17  “The  Role  of  Telecare  in  meeting  the  Care  Needs  of  Older  People:  themes,  debates  and  perspectives  in  the  literature  on  ageing  and  technology”  AKTIVE  Consortium  AKTIVE  Research  Report  Vol.1  (2013),  online  publication:  www.aktive.org.uk/publications.html 18  "  Effect  of  telecare  on  use  of  health  and  social  care  services:  findings  from  the  Whole  Systems  Demonstrator  cluster  randomised  trial"  Adam  Steventon,  Martin  Bardsley,  John  Billings,  Jennifer  Dixon,  Helen  Doll,  Michelle  Beynon,  Shashi  Hirani,  Martin  Cartwright,  Lorna  Rixon,  Martin  Knapp,  Catherine  Henderson,Anne  Rogers,  Jane  Hendy,  Ray  Fitzpatrick,  Stanton  Newman  Age  and  Ageing  2013;  0:  1–8  doi:  10.1093/ageing/aft008  

101101

Page 80: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  36  

when  undertaken  as  a  randomised  control  trial  over  12  months.    This  again  highlights  the  key  issue  that  technology  cannot  be  effectively  evaluated  as  an  RCT  as  the  greatest  impact  is  realised  through  the  utilisation  of  that  technology  and  the  way  that  it  is  implemented  into  an  overall  service.    This  does  not  however  mask  the  lack  of  empiracle  evidence  in  this  area.    This  is  likely  to  be  due  to  the  need  for  technology  to  be  integrated  into  services  and  as  such  it  is  rarely  evaluated  in  its  own  right.    Often,  direct  reports  from  integrated  services  evaluating  a  wider  service  evidence  results  that  show  clear  benefit.    An  example  of  particular  note  is  work  between  Havering  Council,  Havering  CCG  and  (Mi  Partner)  Tunstall,  demonstrating  significant  impact  on  health  and  care  services:  

http://www.adass.org.uk/uploadedFiles/adass_content/events/ncasc_2014/2014_Presentations/TI5  Better  Care  Technology.pdf  

 

Community  Model  and  Support  Services  

 

The  development  of  community  services  described  in  this  investment  proposal  has  been  built  upon  learning   from  LCCG’s   lead  of  Mi  Liverpool.    As   the  programme  ended   in   June  2015,  both   Innovate  UK’s  evaluation  (by  University  of  Glasgow)  and  Mi  internal  evaluations  are  currently  being  prepared.      In  the  interim,  evidence  and  information  used  in  the  design  of  the  services  has  included:    a.   Insight  activity  undertaken  at  the  beginning  of  the  programme  in  partnership  with  LCC  Public  

Health  colleagues  provides  understanding  of:    • lifestyle    • motivations/barriers  to  staying  healthy  and  independent  • perceptions  of  wellbeing,  quality  of  life  and  independence    • peoples   wants,   needs,   attitudes,   behaviours,   motivations   and   barriers   towards  

health,  self-­‐care  and  technology  • characteristics  of  people  who  are  more  receptive  to  self-­‐care  and  technology    • for  people  with   long   term   (health)   conditions,  what  would  help   them  better   self-­‐

care,  how  to  support  self-­‐  ownership  of  care      

 A  key  insight  for  Liverpool  is  that  people  will  not  engage  in  dialogue  about  health,  self-­‐care   and/or   technology   until   they   feel   physically   well   and   secure.   Health   becomes   a  secondary  concern  to  issues  of  debt,  poor  housing,  caring  responsibly  etc.      

 

102102

Page 81: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  37  

 

Based   on   this   insight,   the  Mi   programme   developed   a   range   of   community   assets   and   activity   to  engage  with  citizens  (through  the  things  they  need  and  like  to  do)  to:    

 a)   provide  advice  about  technology  supported  self  care    b)   raise   awareness   of   and   appetite   for   self-­‐care   and   technology   (including   lifestyle  

planning)  c)   reduce  digital  exclusion  across  the  City  d)   increase  levels  of  active  citizenship  e)   support  families  and  informal  carers  with  technology  f)   co-­‐design  and  test  new  forms  of  service  and  technology    

 In  addition  to  the  local  evaluation  and  insight,  externally  there  is  a  range  of  evidence  to  support  the  continuation  and  expansion  of  community  activity  including:        Review   of   evidence   to  support   the   benefits   of  making   greater   use   of  digital  technologies    

http://www.scie-­‐socialcareonline.org.uk/local-­‐government-­‐in-­‐the-­‐digital-­‐age-­‐a-­‐local-­‐government-­‐knowledge-­‐navigator-­‐evidence-­‐review/r/a11G0000004GbdYIAS      

Impact  of  low  income  upon  access   to  digital   and  digital  services      

http://www.scie-­‐socialcareonline.org.uk/beyond-­‐virtual-­‐inclusion-­‐communications-­‐inclusion-­‐and-­‐digital-­‐divisions/r/a1CG0000000Ga4uMAC      

Benefits   of   volunteering  and  active  citizenship    

http://www.scie-­‐socialcareonline.org.uk/who-­‐benefits-­‐from-­‐volunteering-­‐variations-­‐in-­‐perceived-­‐benefits/r/a1CG0000000GcvEMAS    

Public   health   benefits   of  volunteering    

http://www.biomedcentral.com/content/pdf/1471-­‐2458-­‐13-­‐773.pdf      http://www.volunteering.org.uk/images/stories/Volunteering-­‐England/Documents/HSC/volunteering_health_impact_full_report.pdf    

     

103103

Page 82: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  38  

Person  Held  Record    This  area  of  health  is  very  new  both  in  terms  of  development  and  research.    Evidence  in  this  area  is  focussed  around  patients  access  to  health  records  via  a  specific  portal  aimed  at  affecting  a  specific  condition  rather  than  the  use  of  a  platform  available  for  multiple  apps  and  conditions.  

A  basic  PHR  system  was  developed  in  Liverpool  through  the  Mi  programme  as  a  proof  of  concept  to  assess  what  a  PHR  should  be  and  what  would  be  required  to  develop  a  solution  in  full.    This  work  has  found  that   for  an  NHS  economy,  a  record,  diary  or  plan  alone   is  not  sufficient  or  sustainable.    The  investment  required  in  app  development  and  web  design  to  maintain  relevance  to  the  public  would  be  prohibitive.    These  are  painful  lessons  learned  from  the  NHS  ‘Healthspace’  development  that  was  closed  in  March  2013,  where  it  was  estimated  that  £98  million  would  be  required  to  further  develop  a   useful   solution   for   patients.       Added   to   this,   it   was   reported   in   the   BMJ19   in   a   study   of   the  abandoned   central   ‘Healthspace’   PHR   that   ‘unless   personal   electronic   health   records   align   closely  with  people’s  attitudes,  self  management  practices,  identified  information  needs,  and  the  wider  care  package  (including  organisational  routines  and  incentive  structures  for  clinicians),  the  risk  that  they  will  be  abandoned  or  not  adopted  at  all  is  substantial.  Conceptualising  such  records  dynamically  (as  components   of   a   socio-­‐technical   network)   rather   than   statically   (as   containers   for   data)   and  employing  user  centred  design  techniques  might  improve  their  chances  of  adoption  and  use.’  

The  Mi  PHR  platform   is  based  on   these  key   finding   in  order   to  avoid   the   inherent   failure   found   in  providing  access  to  records  alone.    As  a  result,  the  PHR  in  Liverpool  has  been  designed  as  a  platform  to  work  with  industry  to  host  apps  and  online  resources  developed  by  the  market,  not  by  the  NHS.    This  allows  a  limitless  number  of  apps  aimed  at  any  number  of  conditions  or  care  needs  to  be  hosted  and  utilise  the  information  in  existing  health  and  care  records.      

   

                                                                                                                         19  Greenhalgh  T  et  al.  Adoption,  non-­‐adoption,  and  abandonment  of  a  personal  electronic  health  record:  case  study  of  HealthSpace.  BMJ  [Internet].  2010.  [Accessed  2015  Jun  18];  341:c5814.  Available  from:  http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.c5814  

104104

Page 83: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  39  

d. Financial  Impact  (incl.  recurrent  costs,  non-­‐recurrent  costs  and  planned  savings)    

 The  tables  below  indicate  the  financial  breakdown  for  the  investment  case.    Attached  as  an  appendix  to  this  investment  case  (appendix  1)  are  sensitivity  analysis  reports  for  the  key  cost  centres.  

Required  Programme  Budget:  

  Year  by  Year  Cost  Summary            

Pillar   Pillar  Name   Description  2015  

(7  months)   2016   2017   2018  Pillar  total    

      £   £   £   £   in  2018(£)  

1   Scaling  Up  Solutions   Care  Technology  (Telecare)    110,115      260,178      350,379      440,581      

1   Scaling  Up  Solutions   Health  Technology  (TeleHealth)    1,081,536      1,877,612      1,877,612      

1,877,612      

1   Scaling  Up  Solutions   PHR  Apps  and  Platform      500,000      400,000      400,000      400,000      

1   Scaling  Up  Solutions   Infrastructure  Mgmt/System  Support    165,000      330,000      330,000      330,000      3,048,193    

2   Digital  Skills   Digital  Skills  development    50,000      50,000      50,000      50,000      

2   Digital  Skills   Digitise  patient  self  care  support    135,000      50,000      50,000      50,000      

2   Digital  Skills   Asst  Tech  and  App  Support  Helpline    29,400      79,000      79,000      79,000      

2   Digital  Skills   Tech  equality/accessibility    100,000      100,000      100,000      100,000      279,000    

3   Dev/Test  Innovations   New  technology  PoC      250,000      250,000      250,000      250,000      250,000    

4   Multi-­‐sector   Community  Support  &  Engagement    75,000      250,000      250,000      250,000      

4   Multi-­‐sector   EU  Best  Practice    76,000      87,429      87,429      87,429      337,429    

5  Intelligence  &  Evaluation   Digital  Insight  &  social  Marketing      100,000      100,000      100,000      100,000      

5  Intelligence  &  Evaluation   Evaluation  for  scale    30,000      60,000      60,000      60,000      

5  Intelligence  &  Evaluation   Predictive  Analytics  Support    100,000      100,000      100,000      100,000      260,000    

       2,802,051      3,994,218      4,084,420      

4,174,622      

 

Certainty  of  costs    

The  assessment  of  costs  has  been  based  on  experience  of  providing  the  services  and  an  understanding  of  the  associated  costs  of  the  services  from  either  the  existing  direct  provider  or  those  enabling  services  that  are  needed  for  a  service  to  be  made  available.    Where  necessary,  soft  market  testing  has  been  undertaken  to  assess  likely  costs  and  prices.      The  costs  indicated  are  considered  to  be  certain  based  on  current  market  values.      

Variations  in  costs  are  most  likely  to  occur  where  the  service  demand  is  uncertain.    Here,  the  telehealth  and  telecare  services  are  most  at  risk  and  carry  the  largest  financial  variance.    The  attached  sensitivity  analysis  shows  the  impact  of  variation  in  costs  for  these  services.    Analysis  indicates  that  telehealth  can  be  controlled  through  varying  recruitment  targets  as  service  users  are  predominantly  selected  via  a  case  finding  process.    Therefore  it  is  likely  that  telehealth  costs  can  be  controlled  and  kept  within  budget  through  normal  monitoring  processes  (analysis  based  on  current  technology  provided  by  existing  supplier).      

105105

Page 84: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  40  

Telecare  services  offer  the  greatest  financial  risk  as  this  service  is  entirely  driven  by  referrals  from  general  practice  and  secondary  care.    The  attached  sensitivity  analysis  indicates  the  cost  variance  based  on  service  use  and  amount  of  equipment  required  (as  the  two  main  cost  factors).    For  this  service,  demand  cannot  be  controlled  via  recruitment  methods  easily  without  introducing  assessment  based  on  non-­‐clinical  criteria  (see  risks).    Some  of  the  cost  variance  can  be  controlled  by  limiting  the  scope  of  equipment  available  (e.g.  fall  detection  only)  which  can  be  controlled  and  scrutinised  through  normal  contract  monitoring  processes  and  changes  to  referral  guidelines.  

Appendix  2  shows  a  slightly  more  detailed  budget  breakdown.  

 

Savings  Analysis  

A  full  review  of  the  telehealth  service  and  potential  savings  are  fully  explored  in  the  evidence  section.    Current  estimates  show  an  annual  potential  saving  of  approx.  £2.74m  per  annum  based  on  targeted  usage  at  scale.    Further  work  is  on-­‐going  to  provide  figures  based  on  the  cash  releasing  capability  of  the  service  and  the  impact  of  telehealth  on  future  workforce  size  and  cost.  

Telecare  services  have  not  been  sufficiently  scaled  and  provided  for  a  long  enough  period  to  assess  savings.    The  evidence  section  reviews  reports  from  other  areas,  and  in  particular  work  in  Havering  where  a  similar  approach  has  yielded  impressive  results,  such  as:  

-­‐ reduced  hospital  admissions  from  falls  -­‐ reduced  admission  to  residential  care    

In  other  areas  of  the  proposal,  it  is  not  possible  to  estimate  potential  savings  as  innovation  and  new  developments  cannot  be  evaluated  prior  to  deployment.    This  proposal  does  follow  national  policy  on  the  adoption  of  digital  services  where  policy  makers  are  committed  to  the  use  of  technology  as  a  means  of  cost  reduction.  

 

106106

Page 85: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  41  

e. Risks        

Due  to  the  highly  varied  nature  of  the  services  covered  by  the  investment  case,  the  risks  identified  are  those  affecting  the  programme  elements  at  a  strategic  level  and  those  that  pose  significant  financial  or  reputational  risk  whilst  basic  operational  risks  will  be  managed  at  service  delivery  level.  

Risk   Category   Description   Response   Likelihood  (1  to  5)  

Impact  (1  to  5)  

Risk  Rating  

1.   Financial  

The  budget  figures  for  the  programme  are  based  on  best  estimates  utilising  previous  experience  and  market  testing  with  no  overall  contingency  amounts  included.  This  creates  a  risk  of  overspend  (mostly)  and  underspend  as  costs  can  be  affected  by  many  factors  as  a  number  of  services  operate  in  an  immature  market.  

-­‐  Work  within  the  proposed  budget,  to  encourage  a  ‘Value  for  Money’  approach.  -­‐  Work  with  CCG  Finance  to  regularly  review  latest  forecasts  against  budget.  -­‐  Seek  HLP  re-­‐approval  if  any  budget  costs  are  found  to  have  been  significantly  under-­‐estimated.    

3   3   9  

2   Scope  

Scaled-­‐up  services  have  been  sized  as  a  balance  between  current  experience  and  our  ambition  for  the  next  few  years.    There  is  a  risk  that  actual  demand  exceeds  the  proposed  budget.  

-­‐  The  sensitivity  analysis  shows  how  demand  changes  affect  the  likely  costs  of  the  services.  -­‐  Continue  to  investigate  links  and  potential  use  of  social  care  FACS  (needs  and  finance)  assessment  should  demand  become  unsustainable.  

2   3   6  

3   Financial  There  is  a  risk  that  the  proposed  investment  does  not  release  comparable  funds  elsewhere  in  the  Liverpool  health  economy.  

-­‐  Use  Outcome-­‐based  rewards  where  possible  to  ensure  costs  relate  directly  to  the  benefits  achieved.  -­‐  Where  possible,  build  the  innovations  into  existing  service  provision,  rather  than  as  an  ‘extra’  cost.  -­‐  The  CCG  needs  to  accept  the  financial  risk  that  investment  in  prevention  activities  now  should  yield  savings  in  the  longer-­‐term.  

4   2   8  

107107

Page 86: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  42  

4   Safety  

Providing  advice  and  technology  to  enable  self-­‐care  carries  the  risk  that  people  will  not  seek  medical  support  when  they  really  should.  

-­‐  Ensure  all  advice  and  instructions  are  carefully  vetted  to  follow  best-­‐practice  guidance  and  reduce  possibility  of  misunderstanding.      -­‐  Ensure  that  self-­‐care  and  AT  is  portrayed  as  complementary  to  clinical  support,  rather  than  a  substitute.    -­‐  Maintain  clinical  oversight  via  the  clinical  reference  group  

1   4   4  

5   Legal  

People  will  be  allowed  access  to  Personal  NHS  data  on  the  basis  of  having  their  ID  authenticated  by  either  the  Cabinet  Office  Verify  scheme  or  by  local  GP  practices  vouching  for  individuals.  There  is  a  risk  of  technical  errors  or  mistakes.  

-­‐  The  government’s  Identity  Providers  (such  as  Experian)  should  accept  liability  if  they  identify  someone  incorrectly.    Likewise,  HSCIC  will  be  developing  the  service  to  match  the  Verified  ID  to  their  NHS  number,  so  they  should  accept  responsibility  for  any  technical  errors  in  this.      -­‐  The  legal  liabilities  for  GP  practices  making  mistakes  when  vouching  for  a  person  will  need  to  be  reviewed.    From  a  practical  perspective,  the  CCG  may  need  to  accept  some  of  this  risk,  providing  GP  practices  have  followed  best  practice  guidance.  

1   4   4  

6   Scope  There  is  a  risk  that  the  NHS  services  in  Liverpool  cannot  absorb  the  desired  rate  of  change/  innovation.    

-­‐  Ensure  that  CCG  service  leads  and  provider  trusts  are  fully  engaged  in  selecting  potential  ideas,  and  that  this  aligns  with  HLP  activities.  -­‐  Ensure  stakeholder  management  and  communications  activities  support  the  desired  changes.  -­‐  Ensure  scaling-­‐up  activities  are  linked  to  change  management  plans  for  services  in  the  HLP  programme.  

4   3   12  

7   Technology  

By  their  nature,  projects  involving  innovative  technology  involve  an  amount  of  uncertainty  and  general  risk  of  failure.    

-­‐  Ensure  that  due  diligence  checks  are  carried  out  on  the  efficacy  and  reliability  of  any  new  technology  before  it  is  trialled  in  Liverpool.  -­‐  Ensure  the  risks  inherent  in  each  project  are  understood  and  managed.  -­‐  Ensure  that  each  trial  is  objectively  evaluated  and  that  there  is  sufficient  evidence  to  support  any  Business  Case  to  scale  it  up.  

2   2   4  

108108

Page 87: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  43  

8   Time  There  is  a  risk  that  timescales  are  over-­‐optimistic  and  that  both  delivery  and  spend  slip.  

-­‐  Ensure  each  project  is  planned  and  coordinated  within  HLP  programme.  -­‐  Use  monthly  Programme  Board  to  address  any  slippage  or  resource  conflicts    

3   3   9  

9   Security  By  opening  up  access  to  NHS  services  and  data  on-­‐line,  there  is  a  risk  that  Personal  Data  may  be  compromised.  

-­‐  Ensure  systems  use  latest  security  measures  (comparable  to  on-­‐line  banking).  -­‐  Conduct  a  thorough,  independent  assessment  of  system  designs,  security  measures,  and  operating  protocols  to  minimise  this  risk.  

1   4   4  

10   Procurement  The  programme  depends  on  several  significant  OJEU  procurements.    There  is  a  risk  that  these  are  delayed  or  challenged.  

-­‐  Work  with  CCG  and  CSU  Procurement  to  ensure  that  the  specification  and  process  is  robust.  -­‐  Ensure  service  continuity  options  are  in  place  for  existing  services.    

2   4   8  

11   Procurement  With  technology  improving  all  the  time,  there  is  a  risk  that  we  procure  services  that  become  out-­‐dated  quite  quickly.  

-­‐  Ensure  service  specifications  and  subsequent  contracts  allow  for  on-­‐going  innovation  and  flexibility.  -­‐  Ensure  contracts  focus  on  outcomes  so  that  suppliers  are  incentivised  to  adopt  the  latest  technology  where  it  has  greater  benefits.  

2   2   4  

12   Governance  

The  programme  is  likely  to  take  the  CCG  and  other  organisations  into  new  aspects/areas  of  governance,  and  there  is  a  risk  that  the  governance  debates  stifle  the  innovation.  

-­‐  Capitalise  on  the  synergy  between  HLP  and  NHSE  ambitions,  to  seek  national  guidance  to  overcome  local  resistance.    -­‐  Enlist  Senior  CCG  management  support  in  navigating  the  different  Governance  structures  and  projecting  a  ‘can  do’  attitude.  

3   3   9  

109109

Page 88: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  44  

3. Commerical  Case                                                                        

a. Procurement  Route        Multiple  contracts  and  services  will  be  procured.    A  breakdown  of  these  services  and  the  expected  procurement  route  is  provided  in  the  table  below:    Service  Description   Estimated  Value  and  

contract  length  Procurement  Route   Justification  

Health  Technology  –  telehealth  provision,  installation  and  monitoring/triage  of  patients.  

£5M  contract  over  3  year  period.  

Full  (OJEU)  procurement  in  the  open  market.  

This  is  a  high  value  contract  and  Liverpool  is  seen  as  a  leader  in  this  area  attracting  significant  attention.    Anything  less  than  a  full  market  test  would  not  satisfy  legal  requirements  and  the  likelihood  of  challenge  would  be  very  high.  

Care  Technology  –  telecare  service  including  provision  and  monitoring  of  a  wide  range  of  equipment.  

£800k  to  £1M  over  a  three  year  period  

Full  procurement  in  the  open  market  as  a  joint  service  between  LCCG  and  Liverpool  City  Council.  

A  joint  procurement  would  create  a  much  higher  value  contract.    LCC  has  agreed  to  lead  the  procurement  of  this  service.  

Person  Held  Record  platform  development  and  maintenance  

£150  to  £350k  annual  contract  (dependent  on  level  of  development  required)  

Procurement  via  G-­‐Cloud  framework.  

Services  are  available  via  the  government  procurement  framework  providing  a  faster  and  more  cost  effective  method  of  procurement.    Annual  or  at  most  bi-­‐annual  contract  preferred  to  maintain  best  value  for  money  and  most  suitable  provider.  

Community  support  and  engagement  –  provision  of  community  support  services  for  technology  and  self  care  and  skills.  

Value  will  vary  depending  on  market  analysis  as  services  may  be  split  across  multiple  providers.    3  year  contract(s)  with  a  maximum  single  contract  value  of  £750k  

Dependent  of  contract  value  and  length.        Multiple  contracts  with  local  providers  under  SFI  limits  will  be  selected  by  a  minimum  of  3  quotes.    A  single  larger  contract  will  require  a  full  market  procurement.  

Route  depends  on  market  analysis.      

All  other  minor  contracts  

Other  contracts  are  expected  to  be  1-­‐2  years  in  length  and  below  SFI  levels  for  tendering.      

3  quotes  (all  expected  to  be  below  SFI  levels  for  tendering).  

All  contract  procurements  to  comply  with  SFI’s.  

110110

Page 89: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  45  

4. Management  Case    

a. Monitoring  and  Evaluation      

Monitoring  

The  monitoring  process  in  place  for  the  programme  consists  of:  

(a) Contract  monitoring      On  a  day  to  day  basis  the  digital  care  and  innovation  team  will  monitor  contractor  performance,  quality  of  service  and  risks.    Experience  from  the  Mi  programme  will  be  used  to  determine  levels  of  scrutiny  of  the  services  based  on  service  and  financial  risk,  for  example:    

(i) Telehealth  and  similar  clinical  services  will  be  monitored  weekly  (as  per  current  arrangements)  by  forming  a  task  force  led  by  LCCG  and  including  the  clinical  and  technical  organisations.    The  meetings  rotate  between  telephone  and  face  to  face  to  address  issues  on  an  on-­‐going  basis  and  to  categorise  the  risk  and  level  of  resource  required  where  issues  are  found.      

(ii) Community  based  services  with  a  low  risk  are  monitored  monthly  based  on  pre-­‐agreed  targets  or  proxy  measures  for  outcomes  

 

(b) Clinical  monitoring    Continuing  the  Clinical  Reference  Group  (CRG)  established  under  the  Mi  programme,  all  clinical  decisions  and  matters  where  technology  or  changes  to  services  can  affect  clinical  information,  decisions  or  service  quality  are  assessed  by  the  CRG.    This  group  is  attended  by  GP’s  (also  chaired  by  GP),  programme  management,  nursing  and  informatics  representatives  and  reports  to  the  Digital  Care  and  Innovation  Programme  Board.  

 

(c) Performance  monitoring    The  performance  of  the  programme  against  targets  set,  the  quality  of  services  provided,  contractual  performance  of  providers  and  overall  impact  against  HLP  targets  will  be  undertaken  by  the  Digital  Care  and  Innovation  Programme  Board  bi-­‐monthly,  which  in  turn  will  report  to  the  HLP  Programme  Board.    Any  matters  of  significance  may  then  be  referred  to  Governing  Body  when  required.    A  risk  and  issues  log  will  be  maintained  by  the  Board.                  

111111

Page 90: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  46  

Evaluation    In  particular  where  new  innovations  are  being  scaled-­‐up  or  new  technology  is  being  assessed,  external  evaluation  of  these  projects  will  be  undertaken  to  assess  a  variety  of  parameters  including:    

• Impact  on  health  and  wellbeing  (e.g.  EQ5D)  • Impact  of  service  quality  • Impact  on  workforce  • Improvement  in  key  performance  measures  (reduction  in  health  inequalities,  

increased  independence,  reduction  in  admissions,  improved  quality  of  life,  increased  efficiency  or  economy  etc.)  

• Economic  potential  • Strategic  alignment  

 

   

b. Exit  Strategy/Continuation  Strategy    

With   the  nature   of   the   services   and   experience   in   these   technologies   to   date,   a   complete  failure   in   achieving   outcomes   is   very   unlikely.     In   this   circumstance,   contract   terms  would  allow  for  a  discontinuation  of  a  service  most   likely  through  a  ‘wind  down’  to  bring  patients  off  the  service  rather  than  an  immediate  halt.  Any  decision  to  cease  a  service  will  be  made  by  the  Digital  Care  an  Innovation  Programme  board    Where   poor   performance   is   detected   during   ongoing   monitoring   (most   likely   scenario),  measures  will  be  put  in  place  to  rectify  the  deficit  or  targets  and  costs  will  be  reviewed  and  put  before  the  programme  board  for  amendment.    Any  below  standard  performance  that  is  not   capable   of   simple   rectification   will   be   reported   to   the   following   programme   board  meeting.    Decisions   regarding   service   continuation   will   also   be   affected   by   interdependencies   with  other  elements  of   the  digital   care   and   innovation  programme  outside  of   the   scope  of   this  investment   proposal.     These   interdependencies   will   be   brought   to   the   attention   of   the  programme  board  when  poor  performance  is  reported.    Key   services   such   as   telehealth,   telecare   and   the   PHR   are   very   likely   to   have   people  dependent  on  them  (especially  telecare).    In  these  circumstances,  services  would  be  wound  down  over  a  period  of  time  to  allow  alternative  services  to  be  selected.        

 

   

112112

Page 91: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  47  

 

Review,  Approval  and  Feedback  Approval  Body   Date   Approved  

Y/N  Comments  

 LCCG  Governing  Body  Development  Session  (informal  review)        

 21/8/15  

 N/A  

 Initial  presentation  for  review,  questions  and  feedback.  

 LCCG  Senior  Management  Team      

 1/9/15  

 Y  

 

 LCCG  Governing  Body      

 8/9/15  

   

         

     

         

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113113

Page 92: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  48  

 

114114

Page 93: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  49  

 

 

115115

Page 94: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  50  

 

116116

Page 95: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  51  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

117117

Page 96: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

 

  52  

Appendix  2  –  Further  Budget  Breakdown  

 

Digital    'Pillar'Item  Name/Project  Title Comment

Care  Technology Telecare  monitoring  service                            76,515                          202,578                    292,779                    382,981  Care  Technology Telecare  Equipment                            33,600                              57,600                        57,600                        57,600  Health  Technology Telehealth  clinical  triage/support                        350,000                          600,000                    600,000                    600,000  Health  Technology 600  TH  +  700  Flo  users  each  6  months                        675,536                  1,181,612            1,181,612            1,181,612  Health  Technology GP  patient  assessments  for  TH                            21,000                              36,000                        36,000                        36,000  Health  Technology Supplementrary  TH  equip                            35,000                              60,000                        60,000                        60,000  PHR  Development Further  PHR  &  App  Development                          500,000                          400,000                    400,000                    400,000  Informatics  Support General  iM  support  to  scale  up                        165,000                          330,000                    330,000                    330,000  Digitise  Info Digitise  existing  Materials                        100,000                                                  -­‐                                                -­‐                                                -­‐      Digitise  Info Deliver  Digital  Material                            25,000                              30,000                        30,000                        30,000  Digitise  Info Kit  to  deliver  digital  material                            10,000                              20,000                        20,000                        20,000  Tech  training Health  Practitioner  Digi  Skills  Dev                            50,000                              50,000                        50,000                        50,000  Citizen  Support AT  +  App  support  &  Promotion                            29,400                              79,000                        79,000                        79,000  Citizen  Support Technological  Equality/Accessibility                        100,000                          100,000                    100,000                    100,000  

Dev/test  Innovations Health  Innovation New  technology  PoC  support                        250,000                          250,000                    250,000                    250,000  Citizen  Engagement Community  Support  &  Engagement                            75,000                          250,000                    250,000                    250,000  LEP  eHealth  Cluster E-­‐health  Cluster  engagement  maint                            40,000                              40,000                        40,000                        40,000  ESIF  Innovations  Prog Match/elligibility  expertise  +  launch                            20,000                              20,000                        20,000                        20,000  ESIF  Innovations  Prog Additional  Admin/PM  resources?                            16,000                              27,429                        27,429                        27,429  Digital  Insight/Eval Digital  Insight  &  social  Marketing                          100,000                          100,000                    100,000                    100,000  Digital  Insight/Eval Evaluation  for  scaling                            30,000                              60,000                        60,000                        60,000  Predictive  Analytics Predictive  Analytics  Support                        100,000                          100,000                    100,000                    100,000  

               2,802,051                  3,994,218            4,084,420            4,174,622  

Digital  Skills

Quadruple  Helix

Intelligence  &  Evaluation

20116-­‐17Budget

20117-­‐18Budget

20118-­‐19Budget

Sep-­‐2015  to  Mar-­‐2016Budget

Scaling  Up  Solutions

Multi-­‐Sector  &    International  Markets  

118118

Page 97: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Report no: GB 64-15

NHS LIVERPOOL CLINICAL COMMISSIONING GROUP

GOVERNING BODY

TUESDAY 8th September 2015

Title of Report Corporate Risk Register Update September

2015 Lead Governor Maureen Williams

Senior Management Team Lead

Stephen Hendry, Acting Head of Operations & Corporate Performance

Report Author

Joanne Davies, Corporate Services Manager (Governance)

Summary The purpose of this paper is to update the Governing Body on the changes to the Corporate Risk Register for September 2015

Recommendation That the Governing Body: Notes the risks (C009, CO12 and CO37)

recommended for removal from the Corporate Risk Register;

Notes the new risks added to the Corporate Risk Register (CO49 and CO50);

Satisfies itself that current control measures and the progress of action plans provide reasonable/significant internal assurances of mitigation, and;

Agrees that the risk scores accurately reflect the level of risk that the CCG is exposed to given current controls and assurances.

Impact on improving health outcomes, reducing inequalities and promoting financial sustainability

The Corporate Risk Register provides evidence of the progress being made across the organisation in the management of operational and strategic risks against achieving improved health outcomes, reducing health inequalities and financial duties/sustainability.

Page 1 of 5

119119

Page 98: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Relevant Standards or targets

The Health and Social Care Act states that: “The main function of the governing body will be to ensure that CCGs have appropriate arrangements in place to ensure they exercise their functions effectively, efficiently and economically and in accordance with any generally accepted principles of good governance that are relevant to it.”

Corporate Risk Register Update (as at 31st August 2015)

1. PURPOSE The purpose of this paper is to highlight updates and amendments to the CCG’s Corporate Risk Register and the key organisational responsibilities for the mitigation of risks to the delivery of strategic, quality, performance and financial objectives for the financial year 2015/16 and risks carried over from the financial year 2014/15. 2. RECOMMENDATIONS That the Governing Body: Notes the risks (C009, CO12 and CO37) recommended for removal

from the Corporate Risk Register; Notes the new risks added to the Corporate Risk Register (CO49 and

CO50); Satisfies itself that current control measures and the progress of action

plans provide reasonable/significant internal assurances of mitigation, and;

Agrees that the risk scores accurately reflect the level of risk that the CCG is exposed to given current controls and assurances.

3. BACKGROUND NHS Liverpool CCG aims to achieve its overall objectives, ambitions and maintain its reputation via effective and robust risk management procedures. As a public body, the CCG has a statutory commitment to manage any risks that affect the safety of its employees, patients and its

Page 2 of 5

120120

Page 99: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

commissioned, financial and business services by adopting a proactive approach to the management of risk. The Corporate Risk Register is a structured framework underpinned by concepts of effective governance and other systems of internal control that enable the identification and management of acceptable and unacceptable risks. Opportunities for improvement in controls and assurances are translated into action plans under specific named lead/managerial control so that monitoring, tracking and reporting can be supported, with clear target dates and milestones identified where appropriate. 4. OVERVIEW OF THE CORPORATE RISK REGISTER: MARCH 2015 As at 1st September 2015 a total of 31 risks are recorded on the CCG’s Corporate Risk Register. The CCG’s risk profile (low – extreme) is summarised below:

Risk Category

Score Range Total Risks

Change +/-

Extreme 15-25 8 -1 High 8-12 19 +3

Moderate 4-6 4 -1 Low 1-3 0 none

Analysis of the direction of travel for risks since the last Governing Body update (July 2015) can be summarised as follows:

Total Change +/-

▲ Risk increased 1 +1 ▼ Risk reduced 5 -4 ► No change (static) 23 +1 New risks 2 +1

Total 31 A total of 16 risks out of the 22 ‘static’ entries as at 31st August 2015 carry an ‘unacceptable’ risk status (no change from the July 2015 update). The risk reduction of five entries in August 2015 and recommended removal of three risks from the CRR is evidence that control measures and action plans

Page 3 of 5

121121

Page 100: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

in place are effective. However, a stronger focus on the movement of static risks is recommended heading into the third quarter of 2015/16 and a more detailed analysis of such risks will be provided in the November 2015 Governing Body update. As with previous reporting periods, no ‘Extreme’ risks carry an acceptable rating. The continued zero tolerance of risks which compromise service quality and/or patient safety is also evidenced in the August 2015 updated Corporate Risk Register. Chart 1 below highlights the risk ‘themes’ for the August 2015 Corporate Risk Register: Chart 1 – Risk Themes as at 31st August 2015

There has been little change in the ‘thematic’ composition of the Corporate Risk Register from 1st April 2015. ‘Quality Assurance of Providers’ continues to carry the highest proportion of risks with 7 (the majority with a ‘high’ or ‘extreme’ risk rating).

2

7

3

4 4

1

1

3

4 2

Corporate Systems & Policies

Quality Assurance of providers

Performance Targets

Access to services/waiting times

Financial duties/resources

Commissioning

Transformation

CSU Support

Primary Care Commissioning

Partnership working

Page 4 of 5

122122

Page 101: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

4.1 Risks recommended for removal by the Governing Body Three risks are recommended for removal by the Governing Body as at 31st August 2015. These are:

• C009 – The risk to the CCG financial allocations from specialist commissioning allocations. NHS England has developed a ‘new’ approach to commissioning specialist services. It is recommended that this risk is removed and the situation should continue to be monitored as NHS England further develop their approach to specialist commissioning.

• CO12 – Delivery of commissioned services to patients by LWH. Surveillance has been stepped down to enhanced surveillance with routine surveillance continuing.

• CO37 – The SHMI rate at Aintree Hospital is considered sustainable and actions are embedded across the organisation. A mortality action plan is in place and discussed at Clinical Commissioning Forums on a monthly basis. SHMI is a standard agenda item at Clinical Quality and Performance meetings. A Liverpool CCG GP attends the Aintree Mortality working group.

5. SUMMARY The Corporate Risk Register continues to be monitored on a monthly basis. Action plans put in place against each risk identified are reviewed monthly by the appropriate sub-committee of the CCG Governing Body with first-line assurance of controls and actions conducted by the Senior Management Team on a bi-monthly basis. Strategic risks to corporate objectives are monitored on a monthly basis by the Senior Management Team. Where legal issues arise from individual risks the Corporate Risk Register will include plans to mitigate them. There are no inherent legal implications associated with the Corporate Risk Register in August 2015.

Joanne Davies Corporate Services Manager (Governance) 27th August 2015.

Ends

Page 5 of 5

123123

Page 102: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

124124

Page 103: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

1

LIVERPOOL CCG: CORPORATE Risk Register August 2015 (September Governing Version: v2.0

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

C009 FPCC

To maximise value from our financial resources and focus on interventions that will make a major difference

28/05/2013 Effective management of specialist commissioning financial risk

Risk to CCG financial allocations from specialist commissioning allocations and management by NHS England

Collaborative Commissioning Agreement entered into with NHS England;Monthly mechanism and controls established to assess in year spend and agree appropriate action; Standing agenda item on the Audit and Finance, Contracts and Procurement Committees.

Monitoring by Chief Finance Officer and Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Committee (oversight maintained by Governing Body via committee exception reporting)

Implications of 2015/16 planning guidance continues to be reviewed.

3 3 9 N NHS England is developing a 'new' approach to commissioning specialist services and this is likely to be piloted in Cheshire & Mersey. A dialogue continues with NHSE to understand the new approach; risk has been reduced in light of revised position and will be reviewed further in August 2015.

It is recommended that this risk is removed and the situation will continue to be monitored as NHS England further develop their approach to specialist commissioning.

2 3 6 TJ on-going Aug-15 ▼

C011GB

To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

11/06/2013 Delivery of commissioned services to patients by Aintree University Hospital NHS FT meets commissioning requirements (service and quality) and compliance with Monitor 'operating licence'

Some aspects of patient care and service delivery falling below an acceptable and safe standard and commissioner expectations /standards. Trust in potential breach of Monitor 'operating licence'

Formal collaborative commissioning arrangements in place with South Sefton and Knowsley CCGs. AED and mortality monitored via CPQG (holding provider to account for service delivery).

NHS England continue to monitor via 'STAR Chamber' on a monthly basis.

Mortality Action Plan remains in place monitored via CQPG/ Collaborative Commissioning Forum (CCF).

Monthly reporting to Governing Body; regular reporting through Regional Quality Surveillance arrangements;CCF reviews action plans at each meeting.

Single Item Quality & Safety Group actions and reports from QSG continue to be monitored by Collaborative Commissioning Forum & reported to Governing Body by exception.

4 5 20 N Monthly meetinfs now in place to address Star Chamber Action Plan / Tripartite. DTOC and medically optimised patients remain problematic. Operational issues identified in Clock View - Completion of Mental health Assessmentsand delays in AED as a consequence. System Resilience Group taking this issue forward. The national CQUIN for AED will also support mental health and acute providers in understanding the challenges and barriers when patients attend AED as the first point of call. A&E performance - massive improvement in AED 4 hour target. Type 1 achieved 94% which is a vast improvement from the previous month. The figure for all types is around 95% although the Trust has not demonstrated achievement against the entire quarter. Medworks system to be commissioned for Aintree - funding under discussion at contract review meeting.

Linked to Risk CO37

2 5 10 KS Monthly review via

CPQG/ QSG

Sep-15 ►

125125

Page 104: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

2

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

C012 To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

01/05/2013 Delivery of commissioned services to patients by Liverpool Women's Hospital NHS FT meets commissioning requirements (service and quality) and compliance with Monitor 'operating licence'

Concerns raised regarding quality of some services. CQC inspections in July 13, Sept 13, May 14 & Sept 14 confirmed continued issues relating to staffing, supporting workers, care delivered, complaints and assessing and monitoring the quality of service provision.

CPQG meets regularly and has oversight against compliance of the CQC action plans. Regular reporting to the Merseyside QSG. CCG officers meet regularly with LWH regarding key workstreams

Quality Review meeting held in March 2015 with the Trust, CCG and NHS England colleagues in attendance. Key lines of enquiry following CQC inspection were discussed and decision made to reduce surveillance from

CPQG, reporting to Governing Body and Chief Officer; regular reporting through Regional Quality Surveillance arrangementsQuality of service provision reviewed by the CPQG against the Trust action plan, reporting into the Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee & exception reports to CCG Governing Body

4 5 20 N Trust received an overall 'Good' rating following CQC inspection (Feb 2015).

CCG is working closely with NHS England on local version of National Maternity Review - progress will be reported to Governing Body as and when available.

Meeting with NHS England and other Mersey commissioners took place at end of June 2015 to discuss Serious Incidents at Trust in order to gain insight into maternity trends of SIs.

NHS England will be producing a Merseyside response to the 'Kirkup Review' (including SI data) in Q2

It is recommendedthat this risk is removed as surveillance has been stepped down to enhnaced surveilllance. Routine surveiallance will continue.

2 3 6 KS on-going Sep-15 ►

126126

Page 105: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

3

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO14 We will act with honesty and transparency in all our actions. We are committed to a teamwork environment, where every member of the CCG is valued, encouraged to contribute and recognised for their efforts.

29/07/2013 Resolution of all outstanding Continuing Health Care restitution, review and appeals cases

Financial risk from cases (financial settlements and interest); reputational risk due to significant delays to resolution; Formal Ombudsman investigation into delays. 'Remodelling' has seen increase of 52% in likely 'panel' cases and potential increase in financial liability from £2.4M to £4M. (under current rules CCG liability is limited to £2.8M, subject to change

CSU commissioned to manage all outstanding cases and to clear the backlog/legacy cases - it is now expected that all claims will not be cleared before 2016/17

The CCG continues to work with the CSU to ensure that the current work plan and performance target for processing claims is met whilst a long-term solution is sought.

Monthly progress reports from CSU, complaints monitoringRisk reviewed bi-monthly with exception reporting to Governing Body via FPCC if risk increases/ decreases.

Monitored and assured via monthly contract meetings with CSU; oversight by CCG Chief Nurse)

4 5 20 N Liverpool CCG is currently going through a procurement process to determine the new provider for the CHC service.

5 5 25 JL / ID Mar-17 Nov-15 ►

127127

Page 106: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

4

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO14b We will act with honesty and transparency in all our actions. We are committed to a teamwork environment, where every member of the CCG is valued, encouraged to contribute and recognised for their efforts.

16/04/2015 Resolution of current/new (2015/16) CCG commissioned Continuing Health Care review and appeals cases under core service

CSU lacks capacity and adequate resources to deliver core CHC service, with significant reliance on bank staff temporary bank staff and lack of leadership capacity. High potential of increasing backlog of cases for financial years 2014/15 and 2015/16 leading to poor service delivery, complaints and criticism and/or financial remedy instruction from Health Service Ombudsman

Linked to Risks CO14, CO40

Monthly Contract Meetings with CSU

Monthly progress reports from CSU, complaints monitoring; CCG has initiated an on-going review of Health Service Ombudsman findings (nationally) to identify areas for learning and improvement of internal processes.

Risk reviewed bi-monthly with exception reporting to Governing Body via FPCC if risk increases/ decreases.

5 4 20 N Liverpool CCG is currently going through a procurement process to determine the new provider for the CHC service.

Risk score remains unchanged at this time.

5 4 20 JL on-going Nov-15 ►

128128

Page 107: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

5

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO15 To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

06/08/2013 CCG use and reliance upon quality and timely performance data

Poor quality data leading to inaccurate monitoring and assessment of providers, operational and financial risk

CSU is commissioned to provide business intelligence support including data processing and validation. CSU held to account for delivery of data required standard quality matters raised at monthly performance meeting with CSU leadershipData issues with individual providers being taken up via contract meetings.

'in house' analyst capacity increased to review data accuracy and mitigate risk

Monthly performance meetings with CSU - escalation to Finance & Procurement Committee by exception with oversight by Governing Body

4 5 20 N Specifications for the 'new' service have been released and through the lead provider framework a new provider is currently being procured.

Data issues continue to be experienced during this transition period and the CCG in house team continues to take action to mitigate this impact.

Linked to risk number CO40

4 3 12 TJ/ID on-going Nov-15 ▲

129129

Page 108: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

6

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO18 We accept responsibility for our actions. We make and support business decisions through experience, evidence and good judgement, and we will deliver against our promises

01/10/2013 Deliver the transformation of health and health & care services across the city through the Healthy Liverpool Programme

Failure to agree model of care; establishment of programme leads and infrastructure; delivery of the transformational programme; failure to communicate and engage with stakeholders and to gain understanding and support for the programme; reputational risk due to high profile of NHS change and reconfiguration programmes.

Programme Advisory Board established; Governing Body commitment to HLP; officer-led delivery group in place; Additional senior resource sourced to manage communication, stakeholder management and engagement. Clinically-led settings and programme groups in place;

List of Programme roles necessary to mobilise produced with prioritisation of roles assessed to mitigate risks to delivery.

HLP governance infrastructure formally approved by Governing Body and all groups established. CCG Governing Body, Programme Advisory Board maintain assurance links

NHS England service change and reconfiguration tracker (formal assurance process)

MiAA review of governancearrangements to oversee the delivery of the Healthy Liverpool programme included in CCG Audit Plan 2015/16

2 5 10 Y Enhanced arrangements have been put in place (effective 1st June 2015) that significantly galvanise the support to HLP. Key developments include the designation of Clinical Leads and Senior Responsible Officers (SRO) for each Transformational Programme and creation of Programme Management Office (PMO) model.

Strategic Direction Case (SDC) is currently being finalised and will be submitted to the Extraordinary September Body meeting on 22nd Sept 2015.

Work is continuing to finalise the draft SDC which will now be formally presented to an extraordinary Governing BOdy meeting on the 29th September 2015. Recruitment has commenced to strengthen the programme teams and the PMO.

2 5 10 NF, KS On-going Nov-15 ►

CO19 To maximise value from our financial resources and focus on interventions that will make a major difference

01/12/2013 To agree with Liverpool City Council the 'Better Care Fund' (formally Integration Transformation Fund) for 2014-16, including individual schemes, outcomes and performance.

Failure to agree with the City Council the investment schedule and associated outcomes, including the performance element of the Fund, threatening: 'retention' of the BCF resources in the City; service delivery and continuity; and relations with the City Council

Section 75 agreement in place with LCC

National guidance published & embedded in CCG.

Negotiations with LCC led by the Chief Finance Officer, regular updates to SMT and, briefings to Governing Body.

The CCG plan has been externally assessed and "Approved with Support" by NHS E and determined as putting the CCG in a strong position to meet the challenges in delivery with no high areas of risk.

2 5 10 Y Risk continues to be monitored/managed as a strategic risk in 2015/16 due to the continued challenges and risks faced by CCG in reducing Emergency Admissions.

1 5 5 KS, TJ & TW

On going Nov-15 ►

130130

Page 109: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

7

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO23 We accept responsibility for our actions. We make and support business decisions through experience, evidence and good judgement, and we will deliver against our promises

06/01/2014 To deliver effective information governance processes

Failure to comply with requirements of the Information Governance Toolkit leading to restrictions placed on the CCG on the handling of weekly psuedomynised data, adversely affecting key business functions

MIAA is supporting the CCG in meeting the level 2 requirements of the Toolkit.

IG Steering Group in place with formal & approved Terms of Reference - exception reporting to Governing Body via minutes.

1 4 4 Y MiAA review of adequacy of policies, systems and operational activities to complete, approve and submit the IG Toolkit scores included that CCG has demonstrated a reasoned approach to the collation of its IG Toolkit return for 2014/15. Overall assurance rating of 'Significant'.

Remains on CRR as a strategic risk until end of financial year 2015/16 & submission of IG Toolkit

1 4 4 TW Mar-16 Nov-15 ►

CO24 To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

01/03/2014 Delivery of commissioned services to patients by Liverpool Community Health meets commissioning requirements (service and quality)

Concerns raised as to the safe and effective delivery of some services to local residents. Confirmed by 2 separate CQC inspections in October 13 and May 14 resulting in enforcement action being required for a number of areas.

Trust decision in Feb 2015 to withdraw from the FT Pipeline presents a further potential risk to the continuity & quality of delivery of community health services for 2015/16.

CCG Collaborative Forum established with other commissioners of services from LCH, CPQG has new GP chair and format of agenda includes 'deep dives' into areas of potential concern and oversight of the remedial action plan. Regular assurance updates to Merseyside QSG (inc. pressure ulcer reporting levels)

CPQG, reporting to Governing Body and Chief Officer; regular reporting through Regional Quality Surveillance arrangements

Trust remedial actions monitored and followed up through the regular Clinical Quality and Performance meetings - exception reporting to QSOC & Governing Body.

4 5 20 N CCG continues to gain assurance against the delivery of the service improvement plans and resolution of specific quality/safety issues through established control mechanisms.

The 'next phase' of the options development will be the 'second gateway' process with recommendations to the TDA Board in mid-late September 2015.

4 5 20 KS Monthly review via CPQG/ QSG

Nov-15 ►

131131

Page 110: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

8

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO26 QSOC

To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

12/03/2014 Delivery of commissioned services to patients by Alder Hey NHS FT meets commissioning requirements (service and quality) and compliance with Monitor operating licence

Concerns raised as to the safe and effective delivery of services to local residents from Whistleblowing allegations regarding theatre staffing and sickness levels and from recent CQC inspection.

Specialist Commissioners and CCGs working together to understand the concerns raised and determine with the Trust a sustainable improvement plan.

LCCG part of Collaborative Commissioning Forum CCF) which oversees workstreams to address quality and safety concerns

Specific issues re: Theatre and Whistleblowing have now been addressed and sustainability of improvement continue to be monitored through CQPG

4 4 16 Y Follow-up visit by CQC took place in June 2015 - currently awaiting the published report which will be reviewed at relevant CCF (still awaiting publication of the CQC report as at 1st Sept 2015).

Risk score will remain unchanged until publication of CQC report & consideration of findings.

2 4 8 JL Ongoing - Monthly

review via CPQG/ QSG

Nov-15 ►

CO29 To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

01/06/2014 Delivery of the commissioned 4 hour target in AED to patients by Royal Liverpool & Broadgreen University Hospitals NHS Trust meeting the commissioning requirements (service and quality) and compliance with TDA requirements

Failure to meet the 95% 4 hour target in AED 2014/15, leading to patients potentially receiving delayed care and treatment.

Remedial Action Plan in place; previous 'contract query' remains open and subject to fortnightly review.

Contract Query remains open as Type 1 A&E performance continues to be challenged. The CCG continues to work closely with the Trust in order to secure sustainable delivery of the 4hr Target (including Type

CCG internal Trust oversight group and contract review meetings continue in 2015/16 as per established control measures.

Current remedial action plan monitored through the formal contract query process and by the TDA.

Agreement with NHS England that RLBUHT performance can take into account Walk-in Centre activity

Governing Body Corporate Performance Report provides updates/assurance on CCG controls on a monthly basis

4 4 16 N We are receiving early indication that the Trust will be allowed to include current type 2 and 3 performance in its overall figure. If direction on this matter is confirmed by NHS England this could mean the contract query may be lifted by end of 2015/16.

3 4 12 ID Ongoing Nov-15 ►

132132

Page 111: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

9

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO29b We accept responsibility for our actions. We make and support business decisions through experience, evidence and good judgement, and we will deliver against our promises

01/05/2015 To support operational resilience and performance within LCCG Emergency & Urgent Care System

Contract Query issued to LCCG by RLBUHT on 17/03/2015 in relation to increase in A&E attendances and increase in patients ready for discharge but unable to be discharged. Trust cites these two factors as impacting on their ability to deliver A&E 4hr standard. Reputational risk for LCCG reputation and negative impact on Healthy Liverpool Programme strategic direction.

Standard NHS Contract 2015/16 (General Condition 9.LCCG has been invited to undertake a Joint Investigation (JI) with RLBUT to understand issues behind increased A&E attendances and reasons for impeding patient flow/discharge of patients ready to go. Terms of Reference for JI to be negotiated between parties

Direct formal engagement between Contracts Management Team, Urgent Care Team & Finance - reporting to Governing Body by exception.

3 4 12 N Liverpool CCG due to meet with Trust in September 2015 to take receipt of findings of joint investigation. Initial findings still relate mainly to issues out of the CCG's control.

Contract query meeting to be held on 4th September 2015

3 4 12 JK/DR Sep-15 Nov-15 ►

CO32 To maximise value from our financial resources and focus on interventions that will make a major difference

19/08/2014 To manage RLBUHT over performance against contracted levels for 2014/15

The forecast outturn for RLBUHT is £11.5m over performance as at M3 2014/15, 50% of over performance relates to Non Elective admissions, 25% for diagnostics and 25% over planned care and high cost drugs . This is significantly over planned levels for 2014/15 and continued performance at the current levels will add pressure to LCCG finances.

LCCG are utilising contract levers to understand the drivers behind the over performance. An Activity Query Notice has been issued and the Trust are providing a response to set out for the reasons for the increase in over performance. There has been clinical involvement throughout the contract query process.

LCCG utilising NHS standard contract levers to manage performance as a standard process.

5 4 20 N The external audit review of emergency activity has been concluded with the final report being evaluated. The CCG is currently in dispute with the Trust as to financial extrapolation of the findings of the audit to the 2014/15 performance with discussions ongoing.

A further re-audit is scheduled for early September 2015. RLBUHT still to agree to the Terms of Reference.

5 4 20 TJ/DR Ongoing Nov-15 ►

133133

Page 112: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

10

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO34 To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

29/08/2014 Delivery of RTT waiting times in line with NHS Constitution and contractual requirements at Alder Hey NHS Foundation Trust

Failure to agree and implement elective care operational resilience and capacity plan

Elective care operational resilience and capacity plan submitted to NHS England by the Trust as required.

Trust plan has been subject to external review by the NHS IMAS Elective Intensive Support Team

Governing Body receipt of monthly Corporate Performance Report provides oversight of provider performance and assurances of CCG controls

4 3 12 N Trust was meeting RTT targets as at June 2015 - July 2015 data won't become available until second week of October 2015 due to NHS England alignment of data flows. From October 2015 changes to RTT measures will also take place.

Risk should remain on the LCCG risk register until after the Trust move from their current premises to the new build in September 2015 and there is evidence that performance has stabilised and is sustainable.

3 3 9 JL/DR Ongoing Nov-15 ►

CO35 To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

13/10/2014 Delivery of the commissioned 4 hour target in AED to patients by Aintree University Hospital NHS Foundation Trust meeting the commissioning requirements (service and quality) and compliance with Monitor requirements

Failure to meet the 95% 4 hour target in AED 2015/16, leading to patients potentially receiving delayed care and treatment.

Remedial Trust plans in place;

Contract Query remains in place as at Jul 15 and is subject to fortnightly review.

Trust performance reviewed by Collaborative Commissioning Forum and System Resilience Group to gain assurance for improved 4hr performance for 2015/16

Current remedial action plan monitored through the formal contract query process, Collaborative Commissioning Forum (CCF) and by Monitor

NHS England continue to monitor via 'STAR Chamber' on a monthly basis.

4 4 16 N Trust performance against 4hr A&E standard during Q1 has improved although improvements week on week have not been sustained. The CCG and Collaborative Commissioning Forum continue to support the Trust.

We are receiving early indication that the Trust will be allowed to include current type 2 and 3 performance in its overall figure. If direction on this matter is confirmed by NHS England this could mean the contract query be lifted by end of 2015/16.

3 4 12 ID Ongoing Nov-15 ▼

134134

Page 113: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

11

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO36 To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

13/10/2014 Delivery of commissioned services is able to meet likely adverse weather and 'winter' demands 2015/16 (risk from 2014/15 financial year transferred to current)

Failure to meet patient demand leading to a fall in performance and a potential adverse impact upon service responsiveness and quality

Additional national and local resources released to enhance and strengthen service resilience and capacity.

North Mersey SRG has agreed the allocation of baseline resources for winter 2015/16.

Oversight of the plans via the CCG Urgent Care Team and the North Mersey System Resilience Group.

Mersey Internal Audit Agency (MiAA) commissioned by CCG to strengthen performance management and monitoring of winter schemes in-year. Risk score remains unchanged for 2015/16 financial year and will be reviewed in Sept/Oct 2015.

3 4 12 Y The North Mersey System Resilience Group is currently undertaking an assurance assessment (as required by NHS England) to review prepardeness and risk. This will be submitted to NHS England by early September 2015.

3 4 12 ID Ongoing Nov-15 ►

CO37 To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

31/10/2014 Delivery of the commissioned services to patients by Aintree University Hospital NHS Foundation Trust meets the commissioning requirements (service and quality).

Higher than expected number of deaths in hospital as measured by SHMI (Summary Hospital-level Mortality Indicator - ratio between the actual number of patients who die following hospitalisation and the number that would be expected to die on the basis of average England figures, given the characteristics of the patients treated.

National data monitoring has highlighted that the Trust has a higher than expected SHMI value and is identified as a "repeat outlier" for this key indicator.

Health & Social Care Information Centre (hscic) summary of SHMI deaths associated with hospitalisation April 2013 - March 2014 (published 23rd October 2014)

Published data continues to be subjected to review by the CCG and the Collaborative Commissioning Forum / CPQG. Risk is also consistently assessed by Governing Body

3 4 12 N 2 4 8 JL Ongoing Sep-15 ▼It is recommended that this risk is removed as the SHMI rate is sustainable and actions are embedded across the organisation.

Mortaility action plan is in place and discussed at Clinical Commissioning Forums monthly.

Standard Agenda Item at Clinical Quality and Performance Meetings.

CCG GP attendance at Aintree Mortaility working group. It is recommended that this risk is removed as the SHMI rate is sustainable and actions are embedded across the organisation.

Linked to Risk C011GB

135135

Page 114: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

12

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

C038 To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

09/12/2014 Delivery of commissioned services to patients by Liverpool Women's NHS Trust meets the required standard in terms of quality & safety in compliance with safeguarding standards

The Trust had an overall Red RAG rating on Safeguarding Standards during the last 3 quarters of 2013/14 contractual year.

On-going reporting to CQPG;Reporting by CCG Safeguarding Service into QSOC;Trust required to report against safeguarding KPIs on a quarterly basis to the CCG Safeguarding Team with remedial actions agreed by group.

Exception reporting from QSOC to Governing Body;Chief Nurse Update standing agenda item for all Governing Body Meetings ;Safeguarding supervision provided to the Head of Safeguarding via the CCG Safeguarding Service Leads. Regular monthly meetings with LWH shows progress in addressing the issues: new head of safeguarding in post with support staff and complete review of systems, processes and governance re safeguarding

5 4 20 N Continues to be standing agenda item for CQPG (next meeting scheduled for September 2015).

3 4 12 JL On-going Nov-15 ►

C039 To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

09/12/2014 Delivery of commissioned services to patients by Alder Hey Children's Hospital NHS Foundation Trust meets the required standard in terms of quality & safety in compliance with safeguarding standards

The Trust had an overall Red RAG rating on Safeguarding Standards during 3 quarters of 2013/14 contractual year.

On-going reporting to CQPG;Reporting by CCG Safeguarding Service into QSOC;Trust required to report against safeguarding KPIs on a quarterly basis to the CCG Safeguarding Team with remedial actions agreed by group.

Exception reporting from QSOC to Governing Body;Chief Nurse Update standing agenda item for all Governing Body Meetings ;Safeguarding supervision provided to the Head of Safeguarding via the CCG Safeguarding Service Leads.

5 4 20 N A Business Case proposal from the Trust to consider gaps in funding is expected to be presented at the CQPG meeting in Sept 2015 for consideration (Business Case has not yet been received).

CCG awaiting review of Q1 data which may show improvement.

4 4 16 JL On-going Nov-15 ►

136136

Page 115: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

13

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO40 To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

27/01/2015 Effective provision of commissioning support services to the CCG

The NWCSU has failed to secure a place on the national framework agreement. This has the potential effect of their services ceasing to be available to the CCG by the end of 2015/16 and the CCG required to find alternative means of providing the support services commissioned from the CSU.

Service Level Agreement / Contract in place with the NWCSU to provide support services including (Business Intelligence, continuing and complex heath care management, EPRR, comms, UCAT)CCG has reviewed commissioning support service requirements going forward and Transition Plan is now in place.

Monthly performance monitoring of current service delivery, including monthly 'scoring' of individual service delivery elements.

Mersey CCGs are continuing to work collaboratively to ensure delivery in the short term.

5 2 10 Y Specifications for the 'new' service have been released and through the lead provider framework a new provider is currently being procured with a likely implmentation date of November 2015.

Data issues continue to be experienced during this transition period and the CCG in house team continues to take action to mitigate this impact.

5 2 10 DR Ongoing Nov-15 ►

CO41a To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

27/01/2015 Effective provision of commissioning support services to the CCG and primary care contractors.

National outsourcing of primary care support services from 1st July 2015 will leave a gap in provision which is detrimental to the CCG and local primary care contractors with regard to delegated commissioning of primary care medical services.

Standing agenda item for Finance, Procurement & Contracting Committee and Primary Care Commissioning Committee

Limited assurance on control measures due to uncertainty in terms of gaps.

Minutes of committee meetings & exception reporting to Governing Body

NHS England awarded contract (22 Jun 2015) to Capita to establish a 'single provider framework' for primary care administrative support functions

3 3 9 N Primary Care Team strengthened in anticipation of increased workload.

3 3 9 AO/ CM Ongoing Nov-15 ►

137137

Page 116: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

14

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO41b To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

01/04/2015 Effective provision of commissioning support services to the CCG and primary care contractors.

National outsourcing of primary care support services due to take effect from 1st July 2015; new contract restrictions took effect from 1st April 2015. will leave a gap in provision which is detrimental to the CCG and local primary care contractors with regard to payments for local enhanced services.

Standing agenda item for Finance, Procurement & Contracting Committee and Primary Care Commissioning Committee

Limited assurance on control measures due to uncertainty in terms of gaps.

Minutes of committee meetings & exception reporting to Governing Body

5 3 15 N Primary Care Transition Group in place. Action plan includes quantification of impact of out of scope functions

3 3 12 AO/ CM Jul-15 Nov-15 ►

CO42 To maximise value from our financial resources and focus on interventions that will make a major difference. To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

27/01/2015 To accept from NHS England delegated responsibility for the commissioning of primary care medical services

That the CCG acceptance of delegated authority to commission primary care medical services progresses without a full and proper due diligence exercise to assess the potential risks including financial, staffing and any pre-existing liabilities to the detriment of the CCG.

Transition Group in place with approved Terms of Reference and meeting on weekly basis.

Primary Care Co- Commissioning Manager in post

Exception reporting to the Governing Body through Transition Group and Primary Care Commissioning Committee

CCG has signed the Scheme of Delegation with NHS England and confirmation assurances from the Director of Finance, NHS England Cheshire & Merseyside Sub-Regional team that there is sufficient resource.

4 4 16 N The Primary Care Commissioning Committee is fully established and has formally convened twice in Q1. Process and guidance in relation to delegated commissioning responsibilities continues to evolve. Risk will be re-assessed in Nov 2015.

3 4 12 KS / TJ Ongoing Nov-15 ▼

138138

Page 117: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

15

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO42b To hold providers of commissioned services to account for the quality of services delivered

16/04/2015 To accept from NHS England delegated responsibility for the commissioning of primary care medical services

Acceptance of delegated authority to commission primary care medical services potentially does not allow for necessary timescales for re-procurement of 12 Liverpool APMS practices (current provider SSP) once contract expires on 31st March 2016. Risks are that decision to either extend or cease the contract without full and proper consultation could impact negatively on service delivery to patients

Standing agenda item on Primary Care Commissioning Committee

Exception reporting from PCCC to Governing Body

Practice contracts continue to be monitored via normal reporting processes

5 4 20 N An Interim Provider Policy has been developed approved by the Primary Care Commissioning Committee (June 2015).

3 4 12 CM/DR on-going Nov-15 ▼

139139

Page 118: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

16

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO45 To maximise value from our financial resources and focus on interventions that will make a major difference

16/04/2015 Mental Health Access Waits - waiting time standards for people entering a course of treatment in adult IAPT services.

Transfer of service to new provider on 1st April 2015 revealed inherited backlog of an estimated 1,700 patients waiting for IAPT treatment. Patients waiting to be seen at Step 2 and Step 3 (the majority are Step 3) and although clinical risk is relatively low, it is unlikely that the CCG will be able to deliver against IAPT waiting time contract standards for this cohort of patients, which could result in negative impact on individual patients and lead to public/media/ MP scrutiny. The waiting list also needs to be addressed effectively to ensure the CCG is compliant with 2015/16 IAPT waiting

d d

Data cleansing exercise immediately commenced by new provider to quantify backlog for commissioners

New' patients/referrals will be monitored against IAPT standards separately from those on inherited waiting list to ensure proportionate provider delivery against standard and monitor progress of recovery plan to address backlog.

Contract Review Meetings with exception reporting to Governing Body on key risks & progress with actions to reduce waits

CCG working collaboratively with NHS England IAPT Intensive Support Team to ensure robust recovery plan is delivered

4 4 16 N The Trust has commenced recruitment of additional staff to flex resources with the aim of offering treatments from August 2015.

Negotiations about payment are ongoing between the Head of Contracts and Procurement and Mersey Care Director of Finance.

In addition to robust contract monitoring the CCG has also set up a monthly steering group with representation from all key stakeholders and service users to ensure the best possible care, experience and outcomes and to promote a culture of safety, effectiveness, service improvement and innovation.

NHS England have also agreed some additional funding to assist with cleansing the waiting list and the CCG is able to bid for additional funds to support clearance in preparation for delivering waiting standards by April 16.

4 4 16 TW Mar-16 Nov-15 ►

CO46 To build successful partnerships which promote system working and integrated service delivery

16/04/2015 Maintain safe & effective Vaccination & immunisation provision for local patients

Transfer of Vaccination & Immunisation provision to General Practice could lead to reduced uptake across the city as not all General Practice staff are adequately trained or prepared to access transfer.

Audit underway of General Practice preparedness to take on transfer

Standing agenda item on Primary Care Quality Committee, oversight conducted by PCCC

Primary Care Quality Team continuing to work with Locality/N'hood teams to quantify risk and establish capacity gap.

Exception reporting from PCCC to Governing Body

5 3 15 N Options for service delivery of vaccinations/immunisations post April 2016 will be agenda item for Primary Care Commissioning Committee in September 2015

Practices alerted to the need to undertake necessary training ASAP; CCG planning to mitigate risks of non transfer by costing up a contingency model

5 3 15 CM/JL on-going Nov-15 ►

140140

Page 119: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

17

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO47 To build successful partnerships which promote system working and integrated service delivery

16/04/2015 Delivery of comprehensive Health Visiting service to all practices & registered patients across the city

Local Authority led commissioning of Health Visiting Services is restricted to patients resident within city boundaries of Liverpool, as opposed to patients registered with a Liverpool GP but who live in other Local Authority areas.

National Specification for Health Visitors

Local Authority Contracting Strategy

LCC Director of Social Care attendance as non-voting member of Governing Body ensures effective reporting/ assurance

Director of Public Health attendance as non-voting member of Governing Body has DoPH report as standing agenda item

3 4 12 N Transition of Health Visiting service delivery to Local Authority resident footprints commenced on the 1st July 2015 in Merseyside. All Merseyside Local Authorities continue to collaborate at this early stage to ensure an effective solution so that Health Visitor Provision matches patient's registered practice & removes the need for GP practices to potentially engage with multiple Local Authorities regarding provision.

Transition work is ongoing.

3 4 12 JL On-going Nov-15 ►

CO48 We accept responsibility for our actions. We make and support business decisions through experience, evidence and good judgement, and we will deliver against our promises

06/07/2015 To secure a new Headquarters premises for the CCG

That the building works to fit out the new HQ are delayed beyond the deadline at which the CCG must vacate the current Arthouse Headquarters.

Letter of instruction sent ot the developer to commence construction works on the 29/05/15 which would allow sufficient time for the works to be completed; funding for the works lodged with Hill Dickinson LLP in an 'escrow' account to be released upon phased completion of the works

Legal Advisers and Liverpool Sefton Health Partnership both acting on behalf of the CCG to expedite matters; NHS Property Services as current landlord supporting the process. Briefing provided to the Finance, Contracting & Procurement Committee June 2015.

3 4 12 N Teleconference held on the 18th June 2015 with the developer and financial backers for the new development to expedite matters and seek to develop contingency plans in the event that the building works are further delayed. Further meetings to be held to explore the options available w/c 6th July, position then to be reviewed.

Building works have now fully commenced with a scheduled completion date of 13th November 2015, occupation of the new premises to follow thereafter. Negotiations continue with the Receiver to allow the CCG to remain in Arthouse Square to the end of November. The latter is however subject to NHS Property Services securing agreement on the outstanding dilapidations. Contingency measures are being explored if the latter is not resolved.

4 4 16 ID Nov-15 Nov-15 ►

141141

Page 120: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

18

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

CO49 We accept responsibility for our actions. We make and support business decisions through experience, evidence and good judgement, and we will deliver against our promises

31/07/2015 Respond to Monitor Pricing Enforcement complaint regarding the pricing of CHC care home services

Financial risk - potential of penalty fine from Monitor if an investigation finds in providers favourFinancial risk - impact of having to back date payments to providers from 1 April 2014 if investigation finds against LCCGReputational - impact if

Immediate Review of all CHC payments for patients in care homes to assess financial impact. Legal advice sought to support response to Monitor. Current reprocurement CHC NW framework services to commence mid

Regular review of CHC payments.

4 4 16 N LCCG Compliance statement submitted to Monitor. Now await response from Monitor to confirm if an investigation will be undertaken.

3 4 12 DR/JL Ongoing Nov-15 New risk

CO50We accept responsibility for our actions. We make and support business decisions through experience, evidence and good judgement, and we will deliver against our promises.

23/07/2015 Stability of commissioning support services during reprocurement

Timescale and potential loss of service up to transition and during mobilisation

Robust transition plan from new provider and exit plan from incumbent

Weekly transition board meetings to monitor progress and highlight any risks. Monthly steering group meetings

3 4 12 N LPF tender issued submissions due to be return 28th September - award of new supplier November 2015.

3 4 12 DR Ongoing Nov-15 New risk

142142

Page 121: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

19

RefOrganisational Values & Objectives

Date Entered

Objective Description of Risks Current Controls Assurance in Controls L CCurrent

Risk (score)

Current risk

accepted

Management Actions re gaps in controls and assurance or unacceptable risk rating

L CResidual

Risk (score)

Lead Officer

Completion Date

Review Date

Progress since last update

KEY:

Updates to existing risks in 'blue' new risk Recommended for removal

► Risk Unchanged

▲ Risk increased

▼ Risk decreased

143143

Page 122: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

144144

Page 123: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Report no: GB 65-15

NHS LIVERPOOL CLINICAL COMMISSIONING GROUP GOVERNING BODY

TUESDAY 8TH SEPTEMBER 2015

Title of Report NHS Liverpool CCG Complaints, Concerns and

Compliments Policy (August 2015)

Lead Governor Jane Lunt, Chief Nurse/Head of Quality

Senior Management Team Lead

Stephen Hendry, Acting Head of Operations and Corporate Performance

Report Author

Stephen Hendry, Acting Head of Operations and Corporate Performance

Summary The purpose of this paper is to provide the Governing Body with an overview of the revised NHS Liverpool CCG Complaints Policy (August 2015) which accompanies this report.

Recommendation That the Governing Body: Notes the contents of the report and the

accompanying policy; Approves the LCCG Complaints Policy August

2015 as a corporate policy for immediate implementation and dissemination/publication;

Impact on improving health outcomes, reducing inequalities and promoting financial sustainability

The NHS Constitution for England (July 2015) establishes the principles and values of the NHS in England. It sets out the rights to which patients, public and staff are entitled and pledges that the NHS is committed to achieving. It also determines the necessary responsibilities to ensure that the NHS operates fairly and effectively and carries the pledge to encourage and welcome feedback on health and care experiences and use this to improve

Page 1 of 4 145145

Page 124: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

services and the patient experience. The CCG’s complaints system is intrinsically linked to those rights and pledges contained within the NHS Constitution.

Relevant Standards or targets

Local Authority Social Services and NHS Complaints (England) Regulations 2009; Guide to good handling of complaints for CCGs (NHS England 2013); Principles of good complaint handling (Parliamentary and Health Service Ombudsman);

NHS LIVERPOOL CCG COMPLAINTS, CONCERNS AND COMPLIMENTS POLICY (AUGUST 2015)

1. PURPOSE The purpose of this paper is to provide the Governing Body with an overview of the revised NHS Liverpool CCG Complaints Policy (August 2015) which accompanies this report. 2. RECOMMENDATIONS That the Governing Body: Notes the contents of the report and the accompanying policy; Approves the LCCG Complaints Policy August 2015 as a corporate policy

for immediate implementation and dissemination/publication. 3. BACKGROUND Any individual contacting NHS Liverpool CCG to raise a concern or a complaint can expect to be given the opportunity to discuss the most appropriate way to handle their complaint, agree a reasonable and proportionate timescale and express their desired or preferred outcome. Comments, compliments, concerns and complaints will therefore always be considered as invaluable sources of information from our local population; offering real-time feedback on the quality of the care we commission and helping support our drive to make the best and most effective use of local NHS resources. Since the CCG’s Authorisation in 2013, the local healthcare system has developed considerably. Liverpool has a

Page 2 of 4 146146

Page 125: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

complex provider landscape with multiple interdependencies and relationships with neighbourhood health facilities, private acute providers along with a diverse market of nursing, residential home and domiciliary care providers. Ensuring that people and communities have a better experience of care and support means that it is essential to provide an easy to understand, accessible and impartial system for patients, carers and family members to raise concerns or complaints when things go wrong; be that a commissioning decision/omission by the CCG or where patient care at the point of delivery falls below expected standards. Positive feedback and compliments are also vital to the NHS as this highlights where we are getting things right and can share good practice. The Liverpool CCG Complaints Policy (August 2015) aims to provide an outcomes driven local resolution process, which is based on individual needs, reasonable and proportionate response times and assurances that lessons learned from complaints will ultimately improve patient experience, patient safety and the quality of healthcare. 4. SUMMARY OF MOST SIGNIFICANT CHANGES All NHS and social care organisations have to comply with the Local Authority Social Services and NHS Complaints (England) Regulations 2009 (the Regulations) and there is little flexibility in terms of creating a ‘unique’ process outside of this legislative framework. However, the Regulations do promote a flexible and outcomes driven approach, which places the patient/complainant at the centre of all negotiation and decision making in the local resolution process. The revised CCG Complaints, Comments and Compliments Policy therefore focuses on the agreement of a complaints ‘action plan’ between the CCG and individual patient/complainant; a plan which manages expectations at an early stage by identifying their ‘preferred outcome’ and whether this can be achieved through the complaints system. The most significant change to be noted is the move away from a standardised 35 working day timescale of the CCG’s 2013 policy. The 2015 policy ensures that response times are based more on negotiation, risk assessment and proportionality to the complaint; meaning that timescales become more focused on the quality and thoroughness of the investigation and response rather than a standardised ‘one size fits all’ limitation on time (which can quite often have a negative impact on the outcome of local resolution). Organisational roles and responsibilities have also been strengthened in terms of reporting, governance structures and process to reflect the changes in the CCG’s overall governance structure since Authorisation in 2013.

Page 3 of 4 147147

Page 126: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

5. NEXT STEPS The CCG has recruited to the role of ‘Customer Relations Lead’ with a commencement date of 1st October 2015 now agreed. It is proposed that the post-holder will take a significant role in the implementation, application and promotion of the revised complaints policy; with a particular focus on socialising and promoting awareness of the policy amongst our providers and stakeholders should the Governing Body ratify the document. Stephen Hendry Acting Head of Operations and Corporate Performance 28th August 2015 ENDS

Page 4 of 4 148148

Page 127: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

COMPLAINTS, CONCERNS and COMPLIMENTS POLICY

2015-2016

V 2.1

August 2015

149149

Page 128: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Version:

2.1

Ratified by:

Date ratified:

Name of originator/author:

Stephen Hendry, Senior Corporate Services Manager (Performance & Operations)

Name of lead:

Ian Davies, Head of Operations & Corporate Performance

Date issued/published:

Review date:

30th September 2016

Target audience:

Organisation wide policy

Any changes to this policy should be outlined and recorded in the version control table below. In the event of any changes to relevant legislation or statutory procedures or duty this policy will be automatically updated to ensure compliance without approvals being necessary.

Version no. Type of change Date Description of change 2.1 Edit 14/08/2015 • Amendments made to Healthwatch

contact details; • Insertion of responsibilities of

Engagement & Patient Experience Advisory Group

150150

Page 129: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Contents

Page 1. Introduction 1 2. Purpose and Scope of this Policy and Associated Processes 1 3. Associated Policies and Documents 2 4. Definitions 2 5. Roles and Responsibilities 3 6. Complaints Procedure 6 7. Correspondence from Members of Parliament 17 8. Confidentiality 17 9. Consent 18 10. Learning from Complaints and Stakeholder Feedback 18 11. Monitoring of Commissioned Services 19 12. Advocacy Services 19 13. Customers with Additional Communication Requirements 19 14. Record Keeping 20 15. Publicity 20 16. Education and Training 20 17. Monitoring Compliance with this Policy 21 18. Policy Review Arrangements 23 19. Equality & Diversity Statement 23 Appendices: A Complaints/Risk Grading Tool 24 B NHS Liverpool CCG Procedure for Management of Complaints 27 C Standard Consent Form 28 D Guidance on Handling Unreasonably Persistent and/or Habitual

Complaints 30

151151

Page 130: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

1. INTRODUCTION NHS Liverpool Clinical Commissioning Group (hereafter referred to as NHS Liverpool CCG or simply ‘the CCG’) is committed to commissioning high quality care for the people of Liverpool. All feedback concerning local health services, our commissioning decisions or plans will be routinely recorded. We recognise that it is essential to provide an easy to understand, accessible and impartial system for patients, carers and family members to raise concerns, complaints. Positive feedback and compliments are also vital to the NHS as this highlights where we are getting things right and can share good practice. Comments, compliments, concerns and complaints will always be considered as invaluable sources of information from our local population; offering real-time feedback on the quality of the care we commission and helping support our drive to make the best and most effective use of local NHS resources. The CCG will always welcome and indeed encourage concerns, complaints and suggestions for improvement regarding local health services or our commissioning decisions and actions. All feedback given to the CCG will be responded to confidentially and in an open, fair and transparent way. Complex enquiries, matters of concern and complaints will be investigated fully to identify learning which will ensure that unsatisfactory experiences are not repeated, and the patient experience is enhanced as a result. NHS Liverpool CCG’s approach to handling complaints will be based consistently around the individual needs of the patient and/or complainant. Any individual contacting the CCG to raise a concern or a complaint can expect to be given the opportunity to discuss the most appropriate way to handle their complaint, agree a reasonable and proportionate timescale and express their desired or preferred outcome. The CCG is committed to equality of opportunity and any person expressing concerns/raising a complaint will be treated no differently to any other on the grounds of race, disability, age, religion or belief, gender or sexual orientation. 2. PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF THIS POLICY & ASSOCIATED PROCESSES This policy is an organisational-wide policy and must be followed by all CCG staff, including those on temporary contracts, secondments, volunteers or student placements (collectively referred to as ‘staff’ throughout this policy document). The policy describes the structures in place to effectively manage concerns from individuals personally affected by the provision of NHS services and/or the CCG’s commissioning decisions or actions. It outlines the procedures in place for investigating and responding to a complaint /concerns made by individual patients or on their behalf by a suitable representative. This policy covers complaints received by NHS Liverpool CCG relating to the following:

• Services provided on behalf of or commissioned by NHS Liverpool CCG (as co-ordinating commissioner);

• Other NHS or social care organisations with whom the CCG contracts or has formal service level agreements;

1

152152

Page 131: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

• Independent providers of NHS services, and; • Primary Care Medical Practitioners or contractors (from 1st April 2016)

The CCG has a statutory obligation to investigate complaints within its remit under the Local Authority Social Services and NHS Complaints (England) Regulations 2009 (hereafter referred to as ‘the Regulations) and is committed to meeting the standards laid down in these Regulations, the NHS Constitution and the recommendations from both the Francis report (2013) and Clwyd Hart review (2013). 3. ASSOCIATED POLICIES AND DOCUMENTS This policy should be read in conjunction with the following key documents:

• Principles of good complaint handling (Parliamentary and Health Service Ombudsman);

• Listening, Improving Responding – a guide to better patient care (DoH) 2009 • The NHS Constitution; • The Patients Association – Handling Complaints with a Compassionate and

Human Touch (2014); • Guide to good handling of complaints for CCGs (NHS England 2013); • NHS England Complaints Policy (September 2014); • NHS Outcomes Framework: Domain 4 – Ensuring that people have a positive

experience of care; • NPSA Being Open document; • NHS Liverpool CCG Quality Strategy 2015-2017 • NHS England - Safeguarding Vulnerable People in the Reformed NHS (2013)

4. DEFINITIONS

Definitions of what constitutes a complaint, a concern or a query are often subjective and can be interchangeable. However, for the purposes of this policy and associated procedures, the following definitions will apply:

• Complaint - an expression of dissatisfaction communicated verbally, electronically, or in writing which requires a response.

• Concerns and enquiries – problems communicated verbally, electronically or in writing which can be resolved/responded to immediately. Concerns and enquiries resolved within one working day/24hours will not usually be treated as a complaint unless the individual raising them expressly states that they wish for it to be recorded as one.

• MP enquiry – concerns, complaints or queries about local health services or commissioning decisions/omissions submitted by a Member of Parliament (usually on behalf of a constituent).

• Serious Incident (SI) - an incident or near miss occurring on health service premises or in relation to health services provided, resulting in death, serious

2

153153

Page 132: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

injury or harm to patients, staff or the public, significant loss or damage to property or the environment, or otherwise likely to be significant public concern.

5. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES All those working within the CCG have a responsibility to contribute, directly or indirectly, to the achievement of the CCG’s objectives through the effective application of this policy. Specific accountabilities, roles and responsibilities for complaints management are set out below and provide a structure that supports an open, accessible and fair complaints system. Where appropriate these are reflected in individual job descriptions and roles. 5.1 The CCG Governing Body The Governing Body is accountable for ensuring compliance with the Local Authority Social Services and NHS Complaints (England) Regulations 2009 and is committed to providing the appropriate resources and support systems necessary to support the CCG’s complaints process. It has a duty to assure itself that the CCG complaints procedure is fair, accessible, inclusive and transparent. 5.2 The Chief Officer The Chief Officer has ultimate responsibility and accountability for the management of complaints relating to CCG functions and local commissioning decisions affecting the delivery, safety or quality of care to Liverpool residents, ensuring that an effective complaints policy and procedure is in place. The Chief Officer will take responsibility for the authorising and signing of all response letters to complaints against NHS Liverpool CCG and/or other healthcare providers (where a complainant has requested that the CCG coordinate or lead the investigation). In the absence of the Chief Officer, all response letters will be signed off by the nominated deputy. 5.3 The Head of Operations and Corporate Performance The Head of Operations and Corporate Performance has delegated responsibility from the Chief Officer for corporate governance and is responsible for the overall operational management, promotion and delivery of the CCG’s complaints process and any new policy developments. The Head of Operations and Corporate Performance will also act as lead CCG contact for internal and external audits of complaints/risk management processes and corporate governance. 5.4 The Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee The Quality, Safety and Outcomes Committee is responsible for overseeing quality and safety processes across all commissioned services; ensuring alignment with delivery of the NHS Outcomes Framework and for assuring the Governing Body that quality and patient safety activity is coordinated and transparent ensuring a coherent and systematic review of the system The Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee will act as the Governing Body committee for receiving reports which triangulate

3

154154

Page 133: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

complaints, Serious Incidents (SIs) and other ‘quality’ intelligence such as Health Care Acquired Infection incidents, for thematic analysis. Members of the Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee will consider and determine any further action necessary to improve the quality of care commissioned by Liverpool CCG. 5.5 The CCG Customer Relations Lead The CCG Customer Relations Lead will act as a point of contact for individuals wishing to make face to face, telephone or email complaints and is responsible for ensuring that all statutory and organisational requirements are met (i.e. that complaints are investigated with appropriate thoroughness and impartiality and that all complaints receive a full, high quality and timely response that delivers the best outcome for the complainant and for the service involved). The CCG Customer Relations Lead will also ensure that:

• Clinical Leads or other appropriate professional advisors review complaints and, where necessary provide a response to the issues raised by a complaint;

• Complaints handling/customer care training is provided to CCG staff who have direct contact with patients or the public;

• Systems are in place to monitor the implementation of any recommendations

and disseminate lessons learned to CCG member practices, CCG staff and other health or social care organisations as necessary;

• Complaints responses are authorised by the Chief Officer (or nominated

deputy) within agreed timescales; • Meetings with complainants and/or their representatives and staff are

facilitated to encourage local resolution wherever possible;

• Any potential/actual risks to patient safety or safeguarding issues identified as a result of complaints investigations are escalated to the Chief Nurse, Deputy Chief Nurse and/or the Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee.

5.6 Clinical & Programme Leads CCG Clinical and Leads will contribute to the complaints process by:

• Providing expertise and/or professional comments on the clinical aspects of a complaint (where this is necessary for the resolution process);

• Using information and lessons learned from complaints to inform or influence future clinical commissioning plans, decisions or transformational programmes.

5.7 The CCG Chief Nurse The Chief Nurse is the professional lead with organisational responsibility for safeguarding adults and children, Clinical Governance, Health & Safety and Infection, Prevention and Control (IPC). The Chief Nurse also has responsibility for

4

155155

Page 134: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

ensuring that assurance processes are in place with regard to all aspects of clinical risk management within commissioned services (including complaints and patient safety). Complaints received by the CCG which highlight risks or failings in any of these areas will be escalated to the Chief Nurse (or Deputy Chief Nurse) immediately.

5.8 Engagement & Patient Experience Advisory Group

The CCG is legally required to involve patients and members of the public in developing policies, planning, designing, commissioning and de-commissioning of services. The Engagement & Patient Experience Advisory Group will collate and review patient experience in a systematic manner and will receive reports on complaints activity, trends, themes and risks to inform engagement methodologies and feed into wider patient experience work.

5.9 NHS Liverpool CCG Staff

All employees are expected to fully cooperate and assist in complaints process when required, although it is recognised that the majority of CCG employees will not have public facing roles or direct patient contact. All staff should, however, ensure that in rare situations where complaints are raised directly with them, they are fully conversant with this policy and the CCG’s process for complaints management (including MP enquiries).

Switchboard/ Reception Staff are responsible for ensuring that members of the public who contact the CCG either by telephone or in person and who want to make a formal complaint are put through to the Customer Relations Lead/Corporate Services Team.

5.10 CCG Member Practices/Primary Care Medical Practitioners

All CCG Member Practices are required to have their own practice-based complaints system (which meets the requirements of the Regulations) to resolve concerns, complaints and queries in-house. In the majority of cases complaints will be successfully resolved at this local level. Under current legislation however, individual complainants have the right to approach the appropriate commissioner of the service to request that they consider their complaint, and all Member Practices will therefore be expected to cooperate with the CCG’s complaints process should a complaint about primary care medical services initially be raised with the CCG.

5.11 Other Specialist Expertise In some cases, the CCG may need to obtain expertise or advice from both internal and external sources in the investigation/resolution process. This will usually be coordinated by the CCG Customer Relations Lead. Sources of expertise can include:

• NHS England; • Public Health England;

5

156156

Page 135: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

• Parliamentary & Health Service Ombudsman; • NHS Protect/Local Counter Fraud Specialist; • NHS Litigation Authority (NHSLA);

5.12 Responsibilities of Contractors, agency and locum staff

Contractors, agency and locum staff working for the CCG will be expected to comply with all relevant policies and procedures. Where necessary, information and training will be provided to enable Contractors, agency and locum staff to fulfil this responsibility. This expectation will also be extended to all work placement students and vocational trainees.

6. COMPLAINTS PROCEDURE

The aim of the CCG’s complaints process is to ensure that all individuals accessing it achieve a satisfactory outcome and that lessons learned from complaints are used to improve healthcare services. The process is based on the principles of openness, transparency, negotiation and is built around the needs of the individual person, and not the organisation. Concerns and complaints can be made either verbally, in writing or electronically via email to the CCG’s dedicated complaints email address [email protected] The NHS complaints procedure operates at two stages:

1. Local resolution of complaint through investigation and response by NHS Trust, provider or commissioner, and;

2. Independent Review of complaint by Parliamentary and Health Service Ombudsman (PHSO)

The CCG will endeavour to successfully resolve all complaints at a local level, and will only refer individuals to the Parliamentary & Health Service Ombudsman where it is specifically requested that the complainant wishes to or if the CCG considers that referral to the PHSO would be beneficial for all parties. The PHSO will not usually investigate a complaint until all avenues to resolve it have been exhausted locally. 6.1 Who can complain? Anyone who is receiving, or has received, NHS treatment or services or who is affected (or is likely to be affected) by an action, omission or decision of an NHS body can make a complaint. This includes services provided by independent contractors who have a contract with the CCG to provide NHS services and any services that are provided by independent providers as part of an NHS contract. If a patient is unable to complain in person then a representative (i.e. a relative or friend) can complain on their behalf providing written consent is given (the CCG standard consent form can be found at Appendix A). Where the complainant is the parent or guardian of a child under the age of 18 (to whom the complaint relates) in

6

157157

Page 136: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

some cases the CCG will seek assurances that there are reasonable grounds for the complaint being made by the representative instead of the child. If a patient is unable to act, for example due to physical incapacity or lack of capacity within the meaning of the Mental Capacity Act (2005) consent will generally not be required if the representative can provide evidence of their relationship with the patient and of their suitability to act on the individual’s behalf. This will be agreed on an individual/case-by-case basis between the ‘representative’ and the CCG Customer Relations Lead. Complaints concerning a patient who is deceased must be made by a suitable representative (for example the next of kin or the executor of estate). Where ‘suitability’ cannot be evidenced, the complaint maybe declined and a recommendation made that another person acts on the deceased patient’s behalf. All individuals will be informed in writing of the CCG’s decision to decline a complaint on grounds of suitability and of the options available to them to complaint about the decision. 6.2 Verbal complaints The CCG’s complaints process is inclusive and verbal complaints will be treated no differently to those submitted in writing or electronically. To ensure that the CCG can address the complaint properly and agree a bespoke action plan with individuals accessing the complaints process, they should always contact the CCG Customer Relations Lead in the first instance. When a verbal complaint is made a brief written account will be taken from the complainant; in most cases this will generally include all the salient points and issues discussed (including the preferred outcome). Verbatim statements will not usually be taken from complainants unless there are exceptional reasons (i.e. where an individual has a specific communication need). If a communication need is identified at the planning stage the CCG may seek agreement with the complainant to refer them to local advocacy services for appropriate support. The written account will be sent to the complainant asking them to make any changes to ensure it is an accurate reflection of their complaint. The complainant will then be asked to sign and return the statement to the CCG Customer Relations Lead. All complainants will be advised that their complaint cannot be progressed until the signed statement is returned. There will be some instances where the complexity of the complaint means that it would not be appropriate or practical to be taken over the telephone. In these circumstances the CCG may offer a face-to-face meeting with the individual(s) to clarify the issues or, with the complainant’s permission, refer the matter to a local advocacy service. Clear information about the complaints process and who to contact is made available to patients, the public and staff via the CCG’s website www.liverpoolccg.nhs.uk

7

158158

Page 137: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

6.3 Written complaints It is expected that written complaints will generally be addressed directly to the Chief Officer (as highlighted on all corporate public-facing complaints material). However, in some cases CCG staff may receive written complaints addressed to them; for example if they are identified as a clinical lead or programme manager in a press release or other media briefings. In these circumstances the complaint should be immediately forwarded to the CCG’s complaints email account [email protected] for action. The CCG will acknowledge all written complaints within 3 working days of the date of receipt (verbal acknowledgements are considered suitable for this purpose as long as a record is made of the contact). 6.4 Time limit for making a complaint A complaint must be within 12 months of the date on which a matter occurred, or within 12 months of the complainant becoming aware that there is a complaint to make. The Regulations do have provisions where the NHS or social care body can use discretion to investigate complaints beyond this timescale, providing the complainant can evidence that there are valid reasons which prevented them from raising it earlier. Where it is still practical and possible to investigate the complaint beyond these timescales, the CCG will endeavour to take the matter forward (for example, if the care records still exist and individuals implicated are still able to comment). If there are known limitations which would affect the investigation and agreed preferred outcome of the complaint, the CCG will notify the complainant, in writing of the potential impact on the resolution and asking whether they still wish to proceed. Where the CCG determines that a complaint is ‘out of time’ and it is not practical or possible to investigate the complaint, the CCG Customer Relations Lead will inform the complainant of the CCG’s decision, the reasons for it and of the complainant’s right to take their complaint to the PHSO if they are unhappy with the decision. 6.5 Issues that cannot be addressed by the CCG’s complaints procedure Although the CCG aims to provide an open and easily accessible complaints system, there are specific areas which the Regulations exclude from being considered under the NHS process, including the following:

• Complaints concerning privately funded treatment. Where treatment is a mixture of private & NHS, only the NHS elements can be investigated under this policy;

• Complaints made by a responsible body about another responsible body. For example, disputes on contractual matters between the CCG and a provider or disputes between independent contractors/CCGs;

• Any verbal complaints which are resolved at a local level within one working

day/24 hours of the CCG’s receipt will not be considered as a complaint under this policy, as per the Regulations;

8

159159

Page 138: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

• Any complaints which have already been fully investigated by the CCG under this process and a full/final response given. The CCG will only consider cases where issues are identified which were not included in the original complaint. In the majority of cases this will be treated as a new complaint;

• Complaints that are being/have been investigated by the Parliamentary &

Health Service Ombudsman (PHSO);

• Complaints made relating to an alleged failure by the CCG to comply with a request for information made under the Freedom of Information Act (2000). The CCG will, in all cases direct individuals to the Information Commissioner’s Office as appropriate;

• Complaints or grievances made by a CCG employee about any matter

relating to their contract of employment (these matters will be managed by established Human Resources procedures);

• Complaints disputing CCG funding decisions where there is an agreed and

appropriate appeals process (for example Individual Funding Requests and continuing healthcare);

• Complaints relating to the administration of the NHS Superannuation Scheme;

Where the CCG determines that a complaint cannot be addressed due to any of the reasons highlighted above, the individual complainant will be notified in writing of the CCG’s decision not to investigate, the reasons behind the decision and of their right to take their case to the Parliamentary and Health Service Ombudsman should they be dissatisfied with the decision. Any allegations of fraud or financial misconduct should be referred to the National Fraud Reporting Line at NHS Protect. Full details of the methods for reporting are on the NHS Protect website: https://www.reportnhsfraud.nhs.uk/ 6.6 Process by which complaints will be handled by the CCG The CCG recognises that when someone makes a complaint, the initial contact is crucial in setting the right tone and ensuring that a positive outcome is reached. Whilst there has to be a structured process in place, each complaint will be managed on a case-by-case basis with a consistent focus on successful outcomes. Following initial contact with the CCG, the Customer Relations Lead will discuss with the complainant the most appropriate way forward (the action plan), considering factors such as whether the issues relate to the CCG itself or a commissioned service. During this initial phase, the CCG Customer Relations Lead will establish:

• How the complainant wants to be addressed and whether they have any particular access or communication preferences/needs;

• If consent will be required (for those cases where an individual is acting on the patient’s behalf). Where consent is necessary the patient will be asked to provide this in writing;

9

160160

Page 139: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

• If a specific NHS provider is involved, whether the complainant prefers their

complaint to be coordinated by the CCG (as commissioner). Where another organisation is implicated, consent will be sought from the complainant to share the complaint with the organisation involved before any further action is taken (see 6.7);

• Their preferred outcome (if this is not stated) and an agreement on whether

this would be feasible, achievable and/or realistic;

• A broad plan of action, including the method by which the complainant will receive a response (e.g. in writing, via face-to-face meeting), how they will be updated on progress and who will be investigating the complaint;

• A proportionate and appropriate timescale for response. This will consistently

be achieved through negotiation and a risk assessment of the complaint itself; (The grading matrix can be found in Appendix A)

• If an early local resolution meeting facilitated by the CCG would be

appropriate and beneficial to all parties concerned;

• If advocacy services would facilitate resolution the Customer Relations Lead will sign-post individuals to appropriate support services (e.g. Healthwatch Liverpool);

• The role of the Parliamentary and Health Service Ombudsman in the

complaints process should local resolution not be successful. Once the above elements have been agreed between the individual complainant, the CCG and any other third parties involved in the complaint, the Customer Relations Lead will provide written confirmation of the actions, timescale for response and preferred outcome to all parties concerned. Where consent is required the complaint will not be taken forward until this is received and validated and the agreed timescale for response will commence from the date on which written consent was received. 6.7 Complaints concerning commissioned services and other organisations The CCG recognises that complaints are generally best dealt with as close to the source as possible. All NHS bodies and providers of NHS care have a statutory requirement to operate their own complaints process and the CCG will endeavour to promote the local resolution of complaints at this level in order to give providers the opportunity to respond. It is also recognised, however that the public have the right to raise their complaint with the commissioner of the service should they wish to do so, and the CCG will take a balanced and proportionate approach to the management of these requests on a case-by-case basis and depending on the seriousness of the issues raised (for example risks to patient safety, poor initial complaints handling and/or an emerging trend or theme).

10

161161

Page 140: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Where Liverpool CCG agrees to coordinate/handle complaints against a commissioned service or other organisations with which the CCG has an NHS contract, the process described in paragraph 6.6 will apply with the following additional measures:

• The ‘action plan’ will include the name of the complaints lead at the NHS Trust/organisation or provider involved;

• The individual complainant’s consent will be sought to share their complaint with the relevant organisation, with the understanding that relevant medical information will be in turn shared with the CCG for response purposes;

• The CCG will notify the complainant of the date on which their complaint was

received by the provider/organisation;

• A first draft of the response letter/investigation report will be forwarded to the CCG from the provider prior to release to the complainant. Responses will then be reviewed by the CCG to ensure all points have been addressed, expected outcomes have been met (where possible) and appropriate actions have been implemented to prevent a recurrence. Where appropriate, a clinical view will be obtained from the relevant CCG clinical lead and/or Chief Nurse by the Customer Relations Lead to inform the quality assurance process and to assess any residual risks to patient care/safety;

• Long-term action plans will be monitored via the relevant Clinical Quality &

Performance Group or equivalent quality assurance mechanism and their closure communicated to the complainant.

Where a complainant does not provide their written consent to share information or for the CCG to coordinate the complaint on their behalf, they will be informed in writing of the limitations placed on the investigation and those elements which will not be responded to. The agreed timescale for response will begin from the date on which written consent was received. The CCG will allow a reasonable timescale for consent issues to be resolved on the mutual understanding that the complaint will not be taken forward until it is received. The complaint will be considered as ‘closed’ if no further contact with the CCG is made after a period of 3 months from the date of the last correspondence. 6.8 Complaints about Primary Care Medical Practitioners & Member Practices Liverpool CCG has delegated responsibility from NHS England for the commissioning of primary care medical services and as described in 6.7, there is a statutory right for the public to approach the commissioner of an NHS service to raise a complaint. Under the current terms of this delegation agreement and at the time of writing this policy however, NHS England has reserved its functions in relation to complaints management and in this regard, retains the responsibility as ‘commissioner’ under the interpretation of the Regulations. To ensure an integrated and customer focused approach to primary care complaints, the CCG will act as an access point and will provide local leadership, sign-posting, support and bespoke resolution brokerage to achieve successful outcomes for those patients who initially approach the CCG to make a complaint. It is essential that complainants do not feel

11

162162

Page 141: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

as though they are being deterred from making a complaint as a result of a complex commissioning framework and referring on to another organisation. All member practices are required to operate their own practice-based complaints system (based on the NHS procedure) to resolve matters in-house and it is generally expected that the majority of complaints will be resolved at this level. Where individuals contact the CCG to raise a complaint or concerns regarding a member practice, the Customer Relations Lead will, with the consent of the patient concerned refer the matter to the practice manager (or NHS England) for investigation. Should the patient/complainant specifically request that the CCG provides brokerage, the process described in paragraphs 6.6 and 6.7 will be applied (in full or in part) subject to agreement reached between the member practice concerned, NHS England and the CCG. Themes, trends, outcomes and lessons learned from primary care complaints for which the CCG has provided brokerage will be captured and reported monthly to the Primary Care Quality Committee under its commitment and responsibility to improve the quality of Primary Care Medical Services for the population of Liverpool. 6.9 Complaints concerning Dentists, Community Pharmacists and Opticians As NHS England are commissioners for dental, pharmaceutical and ophthalmic practices complaints received by Liverpool CCG regarding these local services will be referred to NHS England for local resolution (should the individual not wish to approach the relevant practice directly). NHS England’s National Customer Contact Centre acts as the single point of contact for these complaints and the CCG will routinely sign-post members of the public to the following contact details where referral to the relevant practice is declined:

• NHS England, PO Box 16738, Redditch, B9 9PT Telephone: 0300 311 2233 Email: [email protected]

NHS England’s Complaints Procedure can be accessed electronically at: http://www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/nhse-complaints-policy.pdf 6.10 Joint NHS and local authority complaints Where complaints concern both health and local authority services the two organisations will co-operate to ensure a single, coordinated response is provided within an agreed timescale (assuming consent to share the complaint has been gained). As part of the initial action planning stage, the appropriate ‘lead organisation’ will be identified although each will investigate the complaint in accordance with its own procedures. If the complainant expresses a wish for separate responses, this will be facilitated as appropriate. 6.11 Complex/multi-agency complaints Some complaints can span several organisations and be particularly complex in nature. These types of complaints raise a number of governance issues in relation to

12

163163

Page 142: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

consent, responsibility for response, assurance of a co-ordinated approach and multiple, investigations taking place simultaneously (which will invariably carry different timescales for completion). Where feasible, the CCG will ensure that there is a coordinated approach to multi-agency complaints; the CCG may take the ‘lead role’ in terms of the coordinated response, although any decisions made will depend on the wishes of the complainant, the result of discussions with the various parties involved and which organisation is considered to have the greater part in the complaint. An agreement on the lead organisation will be detailed in the complaints action plan in addition to a mutually agreeable timescale between all parties for a coordinated response. The CCG may (with the complainant’s consent) choose to co-ordinate the response or lead in the investigation rather than a third party where serious patient safety/quality issues have been identified or if there is a risk to local health service delivery. Where a coordinated approach is determined to be unachievable, the CCG will ensure that the complainant is informed of the options available to take the matter forward and of the limitations of any subsequent investigation. In cases where the complaint is (in part) relating to care commissioned by NHS England, it is generally expected that NHS England will assume the role of co-ordinator on behalf of the CCG although this will be determined on a case-by-case basis and in full consultation with the complainant. 6.12 Timescales for investigation and response to complaints As described in 6.6, the initial discussion between the individual complainant and the CCG will include an agreement on a ‘proportionate and appropriate timescale for response’. Timescales will be agreed in ‘working days’ and will be based on a number of factors including (but not limited to):

• A risk assessment of the complaint itself (the grading matrix can be found in Appendix A);

• The complexity/severity of the complaint; • The number of agencies involved, and; • Whether a clinical opinion is required.

During the investigation, the CCG will keep the complainant informed (as far as practicably reasonable) as to the progress of the investigation and of any delays that will impact on the timescale. In the event that the timescale needs to be extended, agreement of an extension of time will be obtained from the complainant first, and the reasons for the delay and request for an extension fully explained and documented. Where agreement cannot be reached with the complainant (either for the original timescale or an extension of time) this will be managed on a case-by case basis by the Customer Relations Lead, who will determine the limitations of the investigation, the likely impact on the outcome and whether early referral to the PHSO would be beneficial for all parties concerned.

13

164164

Page 143: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

If the timescale for response exceeds a period of 6 months from the date of receipt of the complaint, the CCG will notify the complainant of the reasons why and of their right to refer their case to the PHSO should they be dissatisfied with the way in which it has been managed. Complaints responses exceeding the 6 month period will be routinely reported to the Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee (and CCG Governing Body) together with a summary of the reasons behind the delay and any learning from the process which could be used to improve local complaints handling. 6.13 Responses to complaints All responses will be signed by the Chief Officer (or nominated deputy in their absence). Responses to complaints will consistently reflect the principles of this policy in terms of maintaining a focus on meeting the expected outcomes and addressing the issues agreed in the broad action plan at the start of the complaints process. A copy of the investigation report will be included with the response in all cases where one has been made available. All complaints responses and investigation reports will be expected to:

• Be sympathetic and conciliatory in tone, explain how the complaint has been considered and details of any limitations placed on the investigation;

• Be written in plain English, free of jargon or abbreviations and with all technical/clinical references fully explained;

• Address all the issues which were raised by the complaint, offering a rationale or reason for any areas not addressed;

• Provide a full explanation of what happened and where things went wrong; • Include an apology (where appropriate); • Have been shared with any staff involved or implicated in the complaint; • Explain the conclusions reached in relation to the complaint, and whether the

CCG is satisfied that remedial actions are proportionate and will prevent recurrences;

• Provide a summary of the lessons learned from the complaint and assurances of how these will be disseminated/implemented (including how long-term actions will be addressed and how the complainant will be informed of their closure);

• Explain the options available for further local resolution (such as conciliation) or, if all attempts to resolve the matter have failed, the details of the PHSO or Local Government Ombudsman (where the complaint relates in part to the functions of the local authority).

Responses which do not meet the above criteria will be returned to the originator for re-writing and re-submission. If this is likely to impact on the agreed response time, or if any reason a response cannot be made within the agreed timescale (e.g. key staff are absent) the Customer Relations Lead will inform the complainant of the delay (and the reasons behind it) and negotiate a reasonable extension of time as detailed in 6.11. All extensions of time agreed with the complainant will be documented within the individual complaints file. Aggregate figures relating to extensions of time agreed will be reported to the CCG Governing Body as part of the Corporate Complaints Reporting mechanism.

14

165165

Page 144: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

6.14 Further local resolution & closing of complaints It is acknowledged that not all complaints will be resolved following the first attempt at local resolution. Further attempts may be necessary to achieve the desired outcome and could involve a number of strategies and different solutions depending on the outstanding issues (e.g. other remedy, including financial redress). If the complainant is satisfied with the outcome of their complaint and do not wish to take the matter further, the complaints file will be ‘closed’ from the date resolution is agreed between the CCG and the individual complainant. The causes and contributing factors of the complaint will be recorded by the CCG (in addition to lessons learned and changes to future practice/service improvement), which will in turn be consistently fed into the overall complaints review cycle. Any long-term actions which are considered as crucial to the resolution process will be monitored by the CCG and fed back to the complainant once completed or signed off. If, however, the complainant remains dissatisfied following the response, the CCG will ensure every effort is made to achieve a satisfactory outcome at a local level by:

• Gaining agreement on the outstanding issues and remaining grievances; • Exploring other options for local resolution such as involving a conciliator,

requesting further written response or a revised remedial action plan; • Managing expectations of what can (and can’t) be achieved through further

local resolution. Arrangements for conciliation will be facilitated by Liverpool CCG who will access fully trained/Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) checked lay conciliators. 6.15 Referral to the Parliamentary and Health Service Ombudsman (PHSO) If following all attempts to resolve the complaint locally the complainant remains dissatisfied, the CCG will notify the individual (in writing) that local resolution is at an end and that they have the right to ask the PHSO to consider their case. Contact information for the PHSO will be routinely provided at the conclusion of the complaints process or at the point when all avenues to resolve the complaint have been exhausted. Generally, the PHSO may investigate a complaint where:

• A complainant is not satisfied with the result of the investigation undertaken by Liverpool CCG;

• The complainant is not happy with the response from Liverpool CCG and does not feel that their concerns have been resolved;

• The CCG has decided not to investigate a complaint on the grounds that it was not made within the required time limit (as described in 6.4);

• The CCG has decided not to investigate the complaint due to the

When informed that a complainant has approached the PHSO, Liverpool CCG will cooperate fully and provide all relevant information requested in relation to the complaint investigation (usually the complaints file). The Head of Operations and

15

166166

Page 145: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Corporate Performance will be informed that a request for investigation has been made so that the relevant parties can be informed. In some cases Liverpool CCG may refer a complaint to the Parliamentary Health Service Ombudsman for a final decision where this is seen as beneficial for all parties involved or where the relationship between the CCG and complainant is considered to have irreparably broken down. 6.16 Safeguarding and the CCG Complaints Process The Francis Report highlights the need to eradicate complacency about poor care by detecting and exposing unacceptable care immediately and effectively. The CCG forms part of a system wide partnership with local authority, NHS England and local health provider colleagues to ensure consistently safe, effective and respectful care is maintained and that robust processes are in place to learn lessons from cases where children or adults die or are seriously harmed and where abuse or neglect is suspected. All health providers are required to have arrangements in place to safeguard vulnerable children and adults and to assure themselves, regulators and their commissioners that these are effective. Where a complaint (verbal or written) raises concerns, suspicions or allegations of abuse or neglect of children or adults, it will immediately be brought to the attention of the CCG’s Chief Nurse who will then determine the most appropriate course of action, including:

• Whether the concerns should reported through formal external safeguarding processes;

• If Police involvement is necessary; • Communication of any referral made to the patient/family/NHS Trust,

healthcare provider or staff as appropriate, and; • Next steps in terms of an investigation. This may require advice from multiple

internal and external stakeholders. In some cases safeguarding processes may take precedent over the complaints process, although the Chief Nurse and the Customer Relations Lead will continue to ensure family contact/liaison is co-ordinated and consistent. Where safeguarding processes are invoked and this impacts on the timing of the complaints response, re-negotiation regarding timescales may be necessary to allow for the completion of the safeguarding investigation first. In all cases an agreement will be reached with the individual parties involved as to what process will provide the material response, or what elements of the complaint can/will be answered outside of the safeguarding process. 6.17 Redress and Ex-Gratia Payments The PHSO’s Principles for remedy are clear that where there has been maladministration or poor service, the public body restores the complainant to the position they would have been in had the maladministration or poor service not occurred. Whilst financial redress or ex-gratia payments will not be appropriate in every case, the CCG will consider proportionate remedies for those cases where complainants have incurred additional expenses as a result of maladministration or

16

167167

Page 146: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

poor service. This will not apply, however, to requests for compensation or allegations of personal injury where a claim is indicated. 6.18 Complaints and Disciplinary Processes The complaints procedure is concerned with resolving complaints raised by patients and the public and ensuring that lessons are learned to improve healthcare. The complaints process will not be used for investigating disciplinary matters as the CCG has approved HR policies and procedures for dealing with matters such as capability, misconduct, work performance, whistleblowing and disputes between organisations. These procedures may be invoked as a result of the findings of a complaints investigation but are not part of them. Resolution of the complaint will always take precedence where internal disciplinary procedures are invoked following investigation. The outcome of the disciplinary process will not be shared with the patient/complainant; only information confirming that the process has been concluded will be communicated. If a complaint results in a potential need for referral to any of the following:

• A professional regulatory body (e.g. General Medical Council); • An independent inquiry into a Serious Incident; • Referral to relevant police force if a breach of law/criminal act has occurred

The Customer Relations Lead (or other appropriate CCG Officer) will ensure that the information is passed to the Responsible Person, who will determine whether to initiate any further actions separate to the complaints policy. 7. CORRESPONDENCE FROM MEMBERS OF PARLIAMENT Correspondence received by the CCG from Members of Parliament who are raising concerns or making enquiries on behalf of constituents will be handled consistently and proportionately in relation to the nature of the issue. The majority of MP enquiries/concerns can and often will be dealt with under a reasonable timescale of approximately 10-25 working days. Appropriate consent will be sought from the constituent only should it be necessary to contact other organisations involved in their care in order to respond fully. Should a Member of Parliament submit a complaint on behalf of a constituent as defined within this policy, then it will be handled in line with the CCG Complaints Policy and Procedure. 8. CONFIDENTIALITY Complaints will be handled in the strictest of confidence in accordance with CCG and wider NHS Confidentiality policies. Care will be taken that information should only be disclosed to those who have a demonstrable need to have access to it. Suitable arrangements are in place for the handling of patient identifiable data (PID) to meet the compliance of the Data Protection Act (and other legal obligations such as the Human Rights Act 1998 and the common law duty of confidentiality).

17

168168

Page 147: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

The Caldicott Report sets out a number of general principles that health and social care organisations should use when reviewing its use of patient or client information. Confidentiality will be maintained in such a way that only managers and staff who are leading the investigation know the contents of the case. Disclosure of information to third parties who are not directly involved in the complaint may be dealt with under the CCG’s disciplinary procedures. 9. CONSENT It is generally expected that when obtaining consent for the use and sharing of information, the patient has made an informed decision and clearly understands the processing and potential for sharing of their medical information. Information will not be disclosed to third parties unless the complainant (or appropriate authorised party who has provided the information) has given consent to its disclosure. Where consent is requested, the complainant will be informed of the reasons for the request and that the investigation will not proceed until consent is established. Timescales negotiated as part of the initial action planning stage will not commence until consent has been received. The template CCG Consent form is included as Appendix B 10. LEARNING FROM COMPLAINTS AND STAKEHOLDER FEEDBACK It is widely acknowledged that meaningful, comparable complaints information can be used positively to help drive continuous improvement in healthcare and strengthen the quality and safety of services for patients and the public. Learning from the ‘four C’s’ of complaints, comments, concerns and compliments significantly contributes to enhancing patient experience and should be the cornerstone of any patient feedback system. Lessons learned from complaints will be systematically analysed and disseminated by the CCG both internally and across organisational boundaries where appropriate with the aim of contributing to a shared, Mersey-wide profile of trends, themes and patterns which identifies risks and areas where service improvement/transformation should be targeted. This information will be routinely analysed and reported to the CCG Governing Body and the Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee through established corporate reporting schedules (as described in 7.1) Providers are also expected to identify their own trends, themes and patterns through routine contract/quality reporting, and demonstrate how they have learned from the complaints they have received. As commissioners, Liverpool CCG will hold its providers to account for ensuring this is done effectively and will use complaints intelligence reports to identify which providers are failing to learn from complaints and formulating an appropriate response as necessary. The CCG will also work in partnership with Healthwatch Liverpool to share anonymised lessons learned and to develop systems which will make benchmarking between services more readily available; particularly in terms of effective complaints handling and successful resolution. Ultimately, patients and the public should be able to make better informed choices about their healthcare based on a range of comparable data and profiles, of which complaints and lessons learned are a key component.

18

169169

Page 148: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

The Governing Body has overall accountability for complaints and will receive a report bi-annually summarising complaints where the CCG is the ‘respondent’ or cases where the CCG conducts a commissioner led investigation. The report will identify trends, themes, patterns and operational/strategic risks, in addition to key learning outcomes and details of any cases referred to the PHSO. 11. MONITORING OF COMMISSIONED SERVICES

All commissioned services will be expected to submit a quarterly complaints activity report containing the following information as a minimum:

• Numbers of compliments, complaints, comments, concerns, and PALS cases received by the organisation in total and broken down by specialty and category (where possible);

• Trends, themes and patterns identified and what key improvement actions have been taken as a result of patient feedback;

• Evidence of the service applying lessons learned as a result of trends identified to evidence service improvement;

• Performance against agreed response times to complainants. • Number of complaints referred to the PHSO and the outcome of the

referral or investigation. The Quality, Safety and Outcomes Committee has responsibility for the dissemination of intelligence gained through complaint investigation/analysis, along with information collected through other means such as patient surveys and engagement activities, to influence commissioning decisions and ensuring services continue to meet the needs of the local population.

12. ADVOCACY SERVICES The CCG will routinely provide the contact details of local independent advocacy services that provide a free and confidential service designed to help people understand their rights and make informed choices about the way in which they wish to pursue a complaint. For the city of Liverpool, independent advocacy for NHS complaints can be accessed through Healthwatch Complaints Advocacy using its Freephone Helpline number (0300 7777 007) or by email [email protected] Patients and their representatives will be signposted to this service in all complaints acknowledgements but made aware that using this service is entirely optional. 13. CUSTOMERS WITH ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS The CCG will ensure that the complaints process is inclusive and accessible to everyone who wishes to use it. Copies of this complaints policy and procedures can be provided in other languages, Braille and large print on request. Individual communication needs for advocacy, updates, responses and meetings will also be established during the initial complaints action planning phase.

19

170170

Page 149: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

14. RECORD KEEPING The CCG will maintain accurate and up-to-date electronic complaints files for each case processed. Complaints files created by Liverpool CCG will be retained for a minimum period of ten years (from the date of creation) as per NHS records management guidelines. Liverpool CCG will take actions as necessary to comply with the legal and professional obligations set out for records, and in particular:

• Public Records Act 1958; • Data Protection Act 1998; • Freedom of Information Act 2000; • Access to Health Records Act 1990; • Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act 2000; • Records Management: NHS Codes of Practice (Part 1 and 2), and; • NHS Information Governance: Guidance on Legal and Professional

Obligations Primary complaints records will be created and stored electronically on the CCG’s ‘Datix’ system and accessible only to authorised users. 15. PUBLICITY The CCG will ensure that there is effective publicity for its complaints arrangements and will take reasonable steps to ensure that members of the public are informed of arrangements for dealing with complaints and key contact details. Information on how to make a complaint is included in the CCG’s public facing CCG website. www.liverpoolccg.nhs.uk

The CCG will expect all providers with whom it commissions to include within their public complaints information leaflets a statement which informs patients of their right to refer their complaint to the CCG should they wish to do so.

16. EDUCATION AND TRAINING Not all CCG staff will require training in complaints handling, customer care, de-escalation techniques/conflict resolution training. However, a Training Needs Analysis (TNA) will be conducted by each CCG department to identify which staff would benefit from training (linked to their Personal Development Plan process where possible). Any CCG staff who act in the capacity of lead investigators or in a clinical advisory role for complaints management will be required to attend bespoke training, which the CCG will provide annually.

Induction for new staff will include an overview of the CCG’s complaints process and individual responsibilities. A one day training course in root cause analysis of incidents and complaints may be held periodically within the CCG, or as part of a wider network or regional events.

20

171171

Page 150: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

17. MONITORING COMPLIANCE WITH THIS POLICY The CCG Governing Body will monitor compliance with this policy through the structured governance arrangements summarised in the table below: No. Monitoring/audit

arrangements of compliance with policy and methodology

Reporting Source Committee Frequency

1. The CCG has an approved documented process for responding to complaints Policy review and internal audit against current statutory requirements and best practice.

CCG Complaints Policy; audit of sample case files; numbers of complaints about CCG complaints process; PHSO reviews

CCG Governing Body (Assurance) Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Committee (Approval)

Annually

2. % of complaints answered within agreed timescales (CCG) Review and analysis of time of case open to closure (for CCG coordinated cases). Aggregated data used to measure performance against locally set 95% threshold. Sample audit against national 3 working day timescale for acknowledgement

Datix collated data Complaints files Internal Audit findings

Governing Body Quarterly

3. Process for ensuring patients, relatives and/or carers are not treated differently as a result of raising a complaint Monitoring of service user feedback collected after local resolution has concluded; regular, consistent and timely contact with clients.

Real-time feedback, customer questionnaires

Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee

Quarterly

4. Compliance with safeguarding arrangements Review of cases where

safeguarding issues have been flagged – time measurement from initial alert to Chief Nurse to action taken

Datix collated data Complaints files

Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee

Quarterly

No. Monitoring/audit

arrangements of compliance with policy and methodology

Reporting Source Committee Frequency

5. Analysis of complaint trends and themes Numbers of complaints received by subject matter reviewed, analysed & aggregated Analysis of numbers of

Datix collated data CPQG reports

Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee Governing Body

Quarterly

Bi-annually/ 21

172172

Page 151: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

complaints referred to PHSO KO41 Reports Annual Report

6. Accurate, contemporaneous complaints record keeping in line with IG requirements & Data Protection Act Sample audit of complaints files against quality measurement checklist

Datix Internal Audit

Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Committee

Annually

7. Monitoring of commissioned services Review/aggregated review of complaints reports submitted as per contractual obligations & analysis of themes, trends & patterns described in para 10.

CPQG reports Datix collated data

Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee CPQG

Monthly & Annual Report

8. Learning from complaints and provider compliance with action plans Monthly monitoring of provider action plans through CCG internal performance management process Review & analysis of data in relation to key service improvement areas

Datix collated data CPQG reports

Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee Governing Body

Monthly

Bi-annually/ Annual Report

9. Education & Training % of staff undergoing

complaints/customer care/de-escalation as identified in Training Needs Analysis Numbers of induction sessions completed where complaints awareness has been included

ESR records/PDP information Induction Programme feedback

HR Committee

Annually

10. Dissemination & Publicity Checklist for dissemination

amongst CCG internal & external stakeholders New policy is included prominently in CCG Internet and Intranet sites with previous version archived – included in CCG newsletter

Document Control Sheet Internet/Intranet

Quality, Safety & Outcomes Committee

Annually

Compliance with this policy will also be assured and reported/evidenced through the following specific mechanisms:

• CCG Annual Report; • Annual Governance Statement; • Corporate Risk Register (also acts as Assurance Framework); • Risk Management Reports; • Internal and External Audit Reports; • Minutes from related committees and groups, and; • Performance/exception reports.

22

173173

Page 152: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

18. POLICY REVIEW ARRANGEMENTS

This policy and associated procedures will be reviewed annually by the Head of Operations and Corporate Performance or upon changes in legislation or new guidance issued. No policy or procedure will remain operational for a period exceeding three years without a review taking place.

The Governing Body will ensure that archived copies of superseded policy documents are retained in accordance with ‘Records Management: NHS Code of Practice 2009.

19. EQUALITY & DIVERSITY STATEMENT

NHS Liverpool CCG aims to design, commission, procure and implement services, policies and measures that meet the diverse needs of our population and workforce, ensuring that none are placed at a disadvantage over others. All policies and procedures should be developed in line with the Single Public Sector Equality Duty to eliminate discrimination, harassment and victimisation, advance equality of opportunity and foster good relations.

Every individual approaching the CCG to make a complaint will be treated fairly and equally regardless of their age, disability, race, culture, nationality, gender, sexual orientation or beliefs.

Appendix A COMPLAINTS/RISK GRADING TOOL

Table 1 – Likelihood score (L)

What is the likelihood of the risk occurring?

23

174174

Page 153: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Likelihood score 1 2 3 4 5

Descriptor Rare Unlikely Possible Likely Almost certain

Frequency This will probably never happen/recur

Do not expect it to happen/recur but it is possible it may do so

Might happen or recur occasionally

Will probably happen/recur but it is not a persisting issue

Will undoubtedly happen/recur, possibly frequently

Table 2 - Consequence Score (C)

Consequence Score Level Descriptor Impact Description

1 Negligible Unsatisfactory experience not directly related to care or commissioning decision. No impact or risk to future provision and no harm to the patient.

2 Minor Unsatisfactory experience related to care or commissioning decision. Can be a single resolvable issue with minimal impact and relative minimal risk to the provision or care of a particular service. No real risk of litigation or adverse publicity.

3 Moderate Patient experience below reasonable expectations in several areas but no lasting detriment or harm. Issues in complaint present potential impact on future service provision/delivery across dimensions of quality/safety. Often a justifiable complaint with slight potential of legal action against provider with reputational risk for CCG if event leads to adverse local external attention e.g. HSE, media, external bodies.

4 Major Significant issues raised in relation to standards/quality/safety of care, denial of rights. Clear quality assurance and/or risk management implications which require investigation with high probability of litigation. Risk to CCG reputation in the short term with key stakeholders, public & media.

5 Catastrophic Complaints which describe serious adverse events, significant safety issues, long-term damage, grossly substandard care, professional misconduct or death of patient which carry high probability of legal action and strong possibility of adverse national publicity.

Table 3 – Event Grading Matrix

Risk scoring = likelihood x consequence ( L x C )

Likelihood

Consequence Score 1 2 3 4 5

24

175175

Page 154: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Rare Unlikely Possible Likely Almost certain

5 Catastrophic 5 10 15 20 25

4 Major 4 8 12 16 20

3 Moderate 3 6 9 12 15

2 Minor 2 4 6 8 10

1 Negligible 1 2 3 4 5

For grading risk, the scores obtained from the risk matrix are assigned grades as follows:

1 – 3 Low risk

4 – 6 Moderate Risk

8 – 12 High Risk

15 – 25 Extreme Risk

25

176176

Page 155: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Table 4 - Complaint Grading Tool/Timescale Matrix (Commissioned Services)

RAG Rating Complaint actions Suggested Timescale for Response

RED (Extreme)

CCG coordinated complaint with commissioner of service taking lead. Investigated by provider at Executive level (CEO, Medical Director or equivalent). Report signed-off by CEO (or equivalent) of each agency involved and sent to CCG Chief Officer. Review by relevant Governing Body Lead Clinician before sign-off by Chief Officer. Action Plans monitored by CCG (through CQPG) until all closed/complete. Lessons learned identified & disseminated through Quality Team.

Customer Relations Lead negotiates timescale of 45-60 working days. Extensions of time may be sought as long as maximum period of 6 months in total from acknowledgement of complaint or receipt of consent is not exceeded.

AMBER (High)

CCG coordinated complaint with commissioner of service taking lead. Investigated by provider at Executive level (Medical Director or equivalent). Report signed-off by CEO (or equivalent) of each agency involved and sent to CCG Chief Officer. Review by relevant Governing Body Lead Clinician before sign-off by Chief Officer. Action Plans monitored by CCG (through CQPG) until all closed/complete. Lessons learned identified & disseminated through Customer Relations Lead/Quality Team.

Customer Relations Lead negotiates timescale of 25 – 45 working days. Extensions of time may be sought as long as maximum period of 6 months in total from acknowledgement of complaint or receipt of consent is not exceeded.

YELLOW (Moderate)

CCG negotiates involvement as limited to ‘honest brokerage’ and puts in place monitoring systems for ensuring local resolution and successful outcomes. Response to complainant direct from provider with copy to CCG for information. Action Plans monitored by CCG through CPQG until all closed/complete & learning outcomes disseminated through Customer Relations Lead/Quality Team.

Customer Relations Lead negotiates timescale of 10 working days. Extensions of time may be sought only where justification can be evidenced (e.g. staff absence, recall of records) with maximum period of 25 working days set from acknowledgement of complaint or receipt of consent.

GREEN (Low)

CCG Customer Relations Lead will encourage patient/complainant to approach provider directly & will offer advice on complaints process. Response to complainant direct from provider with copy to CCG for information purposes where dealt with under complaints process (if not resolved within 24 hours of provider receipt).

Agreement reached between complainant & Customer Relations Lead on way forward for local resolution within 3-5 working days from acknowledgement of complaint.

26

177177

Page 156: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

APPENDIX B

NHS LIVERPOOL CCG PROCEDURE FOR MANAGEMENT OF COMPLAINTS

Complaint received Resolved within 24 hours?

Outcome and learning captured on DATIX. Recorded as an ‘issue of concern’

YES NO Complaint ‘Risk’ Graded &

entered on DATIX

RED (Extreme)

Amber (High)

Yellow (Moderate)

Green (Low)

Telephone/face to face contact with patient/complainant to agree: • Main issues & action plan • Consent & org lead if multi-agency • Timescale (45-60 w/days Red, 25-45

Amber)) • Desired outcome • Immediately copied to Chief

Nurse/Head of Quality (if commissioned service)

Telephone/face to face contact with patient/complainant to agree: • Main issues & action

plan • Consent & org lead if

multi-agency • Timescale (10 w/days) • Desired outcome

Telephone/face to face contact with patient/complainant to agree: • Local resolution ‘best fit’

(i.e. provider/practice) • Desired outcome • Timescale for response (if

CCG complaint or where CCG provides brokerage)

Investigation at Executive level (CCG complaint or provider)

Investigation at Senior Manager level (CCG/provider)

Brokered/coordinated by Customer Relations Lead

Response reviewed & quality assured by Chief Officer/Clinical

Lead

Reminder sent to lead investigator by Customer Relations Lead at 10

w/days before deadline

Reminder sent to lead investigator by Customer Relations Lead at 10

w/days before deadline

Response agreed?

YES NO

Written/telephone response by

Customer Relations Lead or service

manager Response reviewed & quality assured by Customer Relations

Lead

Response sent to client with options for further LR given

Returned to investigator, extension of time agreed Complainant satisfied?

Outcome and learning captured on DATIX.

Action plans monitored via CQPG/Quality Team

Further LR action plan implemented

NO YES

27

178178

Page 157: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Appendix C

CONSENT FORM

I, name, consent to Liverpool Clinical Commissioning Group accessing my medical records in order to investigate my complaint. I understand that these records may be seen by both clinical and non-clinical staff involved in the investigation of my complaint, and the facilitation of a response. If involving other organisations: I also consent to Liverpool Clinical Commissioning Group sharing information about my complaint with name of organisation; and for that organisation to provide my confidential medical information to Liverpool Clinical Commissioning Group. If involving 3rd party: I consent to name and relationship to patient pursuing this complaint on my behalf. I understand that they will receive a written response which may include my confidential medical information. Full Name ……………………………………………………………….

Address ……………………………………………………………...

………………………………………………………………

Tel. No .………………………………………………………………

Date of Birth……………………………………………………………..

GP Practice………………………………………………………………

Signed .........................................................................................

Date: ………………………………………………………………..

Please send completed form to: Customer Relations Lead NHS Liverpool CCG 1 Arthouse Square Liverpool L1 4AZ

28

179179

Page 158: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

APPENDIX D

Guidance on Handling Unreasonably Persistent and / or Habitual Complainants

The CCG is committed to treating all complaints equitably and recognises that it is the right of every individual to pursue a complaint. The CCG therefore endeavours to resolve all complaints to the complainant’s satisfaction. However, on occasions CCG staff may consider that a complaint is unreasonably persistent or habitual in nature. These complaints are often symptomatic of other underlying issues and the complaints procedure may not be the most appropriate means of dealing with these cases. Complainants (and/or anyone acting on their behalf) may be deemed to be unreasonably persistent or habitual complainants where previous or current contact with them shows that they meet one or more of the following criteria:

• Persist in pursuing a complaint when the complaints procedure has been fully and properly implemented and exhausted;

• Changed the substance of a complaint or continually raise new issues, or seek to prolong contact by continually raising further concerns or questions (but care must be taken not to discard new issues which are significantly different from the original complaint);

• Continue to pursue a complaint with the CCG after appropriate consent has been sought to forward the complaint to the provider for investigation and the outcome of that investigation is still pending;

• Are unwilling to accept documented evidence of treatment given as being factual (i.e. patient record) or deny receipt of an adequate response in spite of correspondence specifically answering questions or do not accept that facts can be difficult to verify when a long period of time has elapsed;

• Do not clearly identify the issue they wish to be investigated, despite reasonable efforts and/or where concerns identified are not within the remit of the CCG to investigate;

• Focus on a matter to an extent which is disproportionate to its significance and continues to focus on this point (although it is recognised that this can be subjective and careful judgement must be used);

• Have in the course of addressing a complaint had an excessive number of contacts with the CCG or the Complaints Service, placing unreasonable demands on staff (this can be by telephone, fax, email, letter or in person);

• Are known to have recorded meetings or face-to-face/telephone conversations without the prior knowledge and consent of other parties;

• Displayed unreasonable demands or expectations and fail to accept that these may be unreasonable (e.g. insist on responses to complaints or enquiries being provided more urgently than is reasonable or feasible or normal recognised practice);

• Used inappropriate verbal or written language against employees of the CCG or Complaints staff.

If a member of staff, either in the CCG or in the Complaints Service, feels that a complaint or complainant is unreasonably persistent or habitual they can request that the complainant be dealt with as such. The Customer Relations Lead will consider the request, taking into account any dealings that the complainant has

29

180180

Page 159: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

had with other organisations/services and the views of other colleagues who may have had dealings with the individual concerned. If the Chief Officer agrees that the complaint should be classed as unreasonably persistent/habitual a suitable way to deal with the complainant will be agreed. If an action plan for dealing with the complainant is agreed it will be shared with the complainant so that they are aware of how the CCG will deal with any communication from them. If a complainant who has been classed as unreasonably persistent and/or habitual has a new complaint, it should be dealt with according to this policy Once a complainant has been deemed as unreasonably persistent and/or habitual the complainant will be informed of this in writing by the Chief Officer, along with the arrangements the CCG intends to invoke to manage future contact from the individual. The status of ‘unreasonably persistent and/or habitual’ will be withdrawn at a later date by the Chief Officer if, for example, the complainant subsequently demonstrates a more reasonable approach or, if they submit a further complaint for which the normal complaints procedure would appear appropriate. Discretion should be used at all times in both determining and removing this status. If it becomes apparent (through the course of investigating a complaint) that staff have been subjected to inappropriate personal or abusive verbal or written comments, the complainant will be advised in writing by the Chief Officer that it is unacceptable and will not be tolerated with any future communications the person may have with CCG or Complaints staff. Staff will be encouraged to report any such incidents to their line manager or via the CCG’s Incident Reporting System.

Complaints of a discriminatory nature/harassment

These are complaints made against an individual on the basis of their racial background, gender, marital status, ethnic origin, colour, nationality, national origin, disability, sexuality, religion or age. At an early stage, the CCG will adopt a zero tolerance approach to any complaints which amount to harassment or discrimination. The CCG will, in all cases, write to the individual complainant informing them that harassment and discrimination of staff will not be tolerated and that their behaviour will be dealt with under Local Security Management arrangements.

Any complaints couched in discriminatory language but which raise legitimate issues about clinical practice, procedures and/or communication will be investigated under this policy, without prejudice to the outcome of the investigation. However, as detailed above, where a complaint is investigated that is couched in discriminatory language, the complainant will be advised that discriminatory language will not be tolerated and an appropriate warning issued as per the NHS Zero Tolerance policy.

30

181181

Page 160: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

182182

Page 161: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Report no: GB 66-15

NHS LIVERPOOL CLINICAL COMMISSIONING GROUP GOVERNING BODY

TUESDAY 8TH SEPTEMBER 2015

Title of Report NHS Liverpool Clinical Commissioning Group

Quality Strategy (2015 – 2017)

Lead Governor Jane Lunt – Chief Nurse/Head of Quality

Senior Management Team Lead

Jane Lunt - Chief Nurse/Head of Quality

Report Author

Kerry Lloyd – Deputy Chief Nurse

Summary This strategy outlines the current framework for ensuring that quality is integral to the commissioning process within Liverpool CCG (LCCG). The document is built around the improvement priorities identified by LCCG for commissioning high quality healthcare services for its residents. It describes how the activities of the CCG support and challenge provider organisations to improve outcomes for patients at a time of increasing demand for services and limited resources. The purpose of this paper is to seek endorsement from the Governing Body of NHS Liverpool CCG Quality Strategy (2015-2017) and allow for its wider circulation.

Recommendation That Liverpool CCG Governing Body: Notes the content of the strategy Makes recommendations as to additional

content Endorses the strategy and its wider circulation

subject to any requested amendments.

Page 1 of 2 183183

Page 162: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Impact on improving health outcomes, reducing inequalities and promoting financial sustainability

High quality health care will improve health outcomes, reduce inequality and support cost effectiveness.

Relevant Standards or targets

NHSE Domains 1-5

NHS Liverpool Clinical Commissioning Group Quality Strategy (2015 – 2017)

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of this paper is to seek endorsement from the Governing Body of NHS LCCG Quality Strategy (2015-2017) to allow for its wider circulation.

2. RECOMMENDATIONS

That Liverpool CCG Governing Body: • Notes the content of the strategy • Makes recommendations as to additional content • Endorses the strategy and its wider circulation subject to any

requested amendments. 3. BACKGROUND

The quality strategy has been developed with cross organisational support from all directorates. It should clearly describe how and why LCCG commission high quality services for the registered Liverpool population. It should support better understanding of quality assurance systems and processes, as well as the mechanisms through which LCCG drive quality improvement in commissioned services.

Kerry Lloyd Deputy Chief Nurse 20th August 2015 ENDS

Page 2 of 2 184184

Page 163: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

NHS Liverpool Clinical Commissioning Group

QUALITY STRATEGY

2015 – 2017

Our Vision

• By 2020, health outcomes for the people within Liverpool will have improved

relative to the rest of England, and health inequalities within Liverpool will have

narrowed.

• The quality of health care received by Liverpool patients will be consistent and

of high quality. They will be measured by patient feedback, provider assessment,

and external review processes. 1

1Healthy Liverpool Prospectus for Change November 2014, Liverpool CCG Constitution March 2015

Page Page 1 of 40

185185

Page 164: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Approved : Ratified : For Review : April 2017

Quality Strategy v11 – 11th August 2015 Page 2 of 40

186186

Page 165: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Version Control

Version No. Date Who Status Comment

1 02/12/201

4

Alison Williams Draft Circulated for initial

Comment and feedback

2 22/04/15 Julia Stoddart Draft Checked in with KL

3 27/04/15 Julia Stoddart Draft Checked in with JH

4 29/04/15 Julia Stoddart Draft Checked in with KL

5 14/05/15 Julia Stoddart Draft Checked in with KL

6 22/05/15 Julia Stoddart Draft Checked in with KL

7 02/06/15 QSOC Draft Given to end of June for

comments

8/9 06/07/15 Julia Stoddart Draft Cut down and

reformatted. Submitted to

KL

10 11/08/15 QSOC Draft Minor amendments then

GB approval

11

INPUT

Who Department Date How

Kellie Connor Quality 06/05/15 Meeting √

Stephen Hendry Performance

reports

11/05/15 √ √

Sarah Dewar 3rd Sector 13/05/15 √ √

Scott Aldridge GP Services 07/05/15 √ √

Michael Martin Serious Incidents 07/05/15 √ √

Jo Davies Complaints 12/05/15 √ √

Carole Hill Governance 14/05/15 √ √

Andrew Lynch Healthwatch 13/05/15 √ √

Keely Stasik Care Homes 01/05/15 √ √

Zafi Bisti HR 07/05/15 √ √

Alison Picton Contracts 23/04/15 √ √

Quality Strategy v11 – 11th August 2015 Page 3 of 40

187187

Page 166: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Ian Davies Operations √ √

Colette Morris Primary Care

Team

19/05/15 √ √

Derek Rothwell Contracts &

Procurement

22/05/15 √ √

Jacqui Campbell Neighbourhoods 22/05/15 √ √

Quality Strategy v11 – 11th August 2015 Page 4 of 40

188188

Page 167: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

CONTENTS PAGE

Our Vision 1

Version Control 3

Foreword 7

SECTION 1: WHAT DO THE CCG MEAN BY QUALITY? What is Quality 8

The Dimensions of Quality 8

Vision for Quality 9

Our Responsibilities/Principles 9

The Challenge 10

Quality and Provider Organisations 11

Care Quality Commission 11

Individual healthcare professionals 12

Liverpool CCG as lead commissioner 12

The Liverpool Provider Landscape 12

Commissioning and Quality 14

SECTION 2: EMBEDDING QUALITY IN LIVERPOOL

Governance Arrangements 15

Member Practices 15

CCG Governing Body Reporting 16

Quality, Safety and Outcomes Committee 16

Risk Management 17

The Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Committee 17

Identifying and Managing Risks in Commissioned Services 18

Quality Surveillance Groups 19

Healthwatch 19

Safeguarding Children and Adults 20

Complaints 21

Equality 22

Serious Incidents & Never Events 22

Fig: Overview of Serious Incident Management Process 24

Local Residents and Patients Engagement 24

CQUINS 25 Page 5 of 40

189189

Page 168: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

SECTION 3: QUALITY MOINTORING IN ACTION

Quality and Contracting in NHS Contracts 27

Fig: Meetings involving both CCG and Provider representatives 28

Contract Review Meetings (CRM) 28

Clinical Quality Performance Group (CQPG) 28

Measuring Quality 29

CQUIN Setting in Liverpool 30

CQUIN Monitoring 30

External Scrutiny 30

Quality and Contracting with Care Homes 31

Quality and Primary Care Services 32

Quality and Contracting VCSE Sector 33

Healthy Liverpool Community Grants 33

Quality & Contracting North West Ambulance Service 34

Quality and Contracting Individuals Funding Requests 34

Quality and Workforce 35

SECTION 4: FUTURE CHALLENGES

LCCG Action Plan for future Challenges 37

Page 6 of 40

190190

Page 169: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Foreword

‘The CCG must commission services that provide the best care to everyone,

irrespective of where they live in Liverpool, to a consistently high standard.

Quality of care has to be foremost. Without the focus on quality, the CCG will

not achieve the improved health outcomes we aspire to for the people of

Liverpool. All the proposed reforms under consideration over the next few

years will therefore need to be underpinned by a rigorous approach to

standards and quality.'

Dr. Nadim Fazlani Chair, NHS Liverpool Clinical Commissioning Group,

Jane Lunt - Chief Nurse/Head of Quality.

Page 7 of 40

191191

Page 170: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

SECTION ONE: WHAT DO THE CCG MEAN BY QUALITY?

What is Quality? Quality as a term has been used in the NHS for a number of years. It is most often

defined using the work of Lord Darzi in 2008 – which centred around the NHS being

of high quality when it is:

• Safe

• Effective

• Positively Experienced

Quality improvement should be viewed as a continuous process that allows for

advances in medicine, technology and clinical practice. It is a key requirement within

the NHS, supported by initiatives such as quality accounts and the Commissioning

for Quality and Innovation (CQUIN) payment framework.

The Health Foundation2 regards quality as the degree of excellence in healthcare.

This excellence is multi-dimensional. For example, it is widely accepted that

healthcare should be safe, effective, person-centred, timely, efficient and equitable.

The Dimensions of Quality

1.Safe

Avoiding harm to patients from care that

is intended to help them.

Timely

Reducing waits and sometimes

harmful delays.

Effective

Providing services based on evidence

and which produce a clear benefit.

Efficient Avoiding waste.

Person-centred

Establishing a partnership between the

CCG, practitioners and patients to ensure

patients’ needs and preferences are

respected.

Equitable

Providing care that does not vary in

quality because of a person’s

characteristics.

2Quality improvement made simple Second edition, August 2013.

Page 8 of 40

192192

Page 171: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

These are the domains that Liverpool CCG will use whenever it considers quality;

these domains should be viewed as the 'golden thread' which runs throughout the

commissioning cycle.

Vision for Quality This strategy outlines the current framework for ensuring that quality is at the heart of

everything the CCG do as a commissioning organisation.

The document is built around the improvement priorities identified by NHS Liverpool

Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG) for commissioning high quality healthcare

services for its residents. It describes how the activities of the CCG supports and

challenges provider organisations to improve outcomes for patients at a time of

increasing demand for services and limited resources.

Our Responsibilities/ Principles The CCG assumes responsibility for Quality Assurance by holding providers to

account for the delivery of their contractual obligations and quality standards. The

CCG will work closely with providers with a relational contracting approach to ensure

service delivery continually improves upon health outcomes.

As a membership organisation the CCG has a duty to support member GP practices

and wider primary care to quality assure current standards, whilst recognising that

each provider and member practice remains accountable for the quality of services

within their own organisation.

Individual CCG members/staff have a responsibility to report incidents and respond

to patient feedback in an open and transparent way in order to support improvement

in our services

The Challenge Liverpool is the most deprived local authority in England (IMD 2010). Often

increasing levels of deprivation are commensurate with an increasing burden of

disease. There is a significant gap in life expectancy between Liverpool and

England, with males in the city living 3.1 years less and females living 2.8 years less.

Through monitoring different causes of death it is possible to identify which

Page 9 of 40

193193

Page 172: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

conditions are driving this gap, enabling commissioners and policy makers to target

those areas where the greatest impact can be made.

Cancer accounts for the majority of the gap with an estimated 585 excess deaths

among men and 418 excess deaths among women. Lung cancer accounts for the

bulk of these. Circulatory diseases, such as heart disease and stroke, are the

second major cause of the life expectancy gap among males in Liverpool. However,

among females, respiratory diseases such as COPD play a much larger role,

accounting for 20 percent of the life expectancy gap, compared to 14% among men.

The Healthy Liverpool Programme published the 'Healthy Liverpool Prospectus for

Change' in November 2014. This is a programme of transformational change which

aims to radically change the way health care is delivered in the city. Our goals for the

Healthy Liverpool Programme are:

• A 24% reduction in years of life lost

• An increase to 71% in the measurement of the quality of life for people

with long term conditions.

• A 15% reduction in avoidable emergency hospital admissions.

• To deliver a patient experience in our hospitals that puts us in the top

10 of CCGs nationally

• To provide a community-based care experience that puts us in the top

5 of CCGs nationally.

Achieving these aims is more challenging today than it has ever been, as NHS

funding is only increasing marginally and local authority funding is reducing year on

year. At the same time, clinicians are telling us that it is not always possible to

deliver the highest level of care within the constraints of the current system. These

factors create significant service and financial pressures on our health and social

care economy, and an impetus for change that the CCG must respond to decisively.

In order to achieve the Healthy Liverpool vision the CCG need to identify new ways

of working and to design services that support and deliver its ambitions. A

transformation and governance programme is in place to support the development of

new ways of working. The focus on quality within this transformation programme is a

key component. The recently announced delegated responsibility for commissioning Page 10 of 40

194194

Page 173: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

GP services will give the CCG a great opportunity to transform local health services

in Liverpool as part of the Healthy Liverpool programme, through continued

investment in expanded primary care and community services, both of which are

fundamental to the success of Healthy Liverpool.

It will also give the CCG greater scope to reduce health inequalities and improve

health outcomes for the people of Liverpool by delivering safe, effective and quality

services across primary and secondary care.

Quality and Provider Organisations As the landscape of health provision changes, healthcare professionals and clinical

teams, their ethos, values and behaviours, obviously remain the first line of defence

in safeguarding quality.

The leadership within organisations remain ultimately responsible for the quality of

care being delivered by their organisation, across all service lines.

The provider relationship with Liverpool CCG is vital – the provider leadership team

should be able to raise concerns it may have with its commissioners, and the

commissioners should respond to and work with the provider to address shortfalls in

the provision of care in a timely and proportionate way.

Care Quality Commission

The Care Quality Commission is the independent regulator of all health and adult

social care in England established by the Health and Social Care Act 2008. They

ensure essential quality standards are being met everywhere and they help to

improve quality. Providers of ‘regulated activities’ must be registered with CQC to be

able to operate.

CQCs guidance about compliance: Essential standards of quality and safety3 sets

out guidance for providers and the outcomes people should experience when the

standards are being met.

3Quality in the new health system – maintaining and improving quality from April 2013

Page 11 of 40

195195

Page 174: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Where providers are not meeting essential standards, the CQC has a range of

enforcement actions it may employ to protect the health, safety and the welfare of

people who use the services (and others, where appropriate).

Individual healthcare professionals

Whereas the CQC is responsible for monitoring the compliance of provider

organisations with the ‘essential standards of quality and safety’, it is the role of the

professional regulatory bodies to set and uphold standards for individual healthcare

professionals. There are nine UK health professions regulators which are

responsible for setting standards of competence, practice, conduct and ethics for all

registered healthcare professionals. Although the codes of conduct for the different

professional groups all vary to some extent, broadly speaking all registered

healthcare professionals must:

• Ensure that patient safety and patient interests are paramount;

• Take action to protect patient safety, including reporting concerns about

patient safety / the actions of colleagues where necessary; and

• Protect confidentiality where any concerns are raised.

Liverpool CCG as Lead Commissioner Liverpool, as a geographic area, has a number of provider trusts that provide

services for the wider population of Merseyside. It therefore leads or co-commissions

with these Trusts in partnership with neighbouring CCGs. These co-commissioners

are invited to share in the performance data and are offered formal and informal

opportunities to raise any issues in a range of fora.

The Trusts that operate in Liverpool are diverse in size and character, this diversity

requires a tailored approach to the management of quality issues, underpinned by

the common principles described earlier -are services safe, effective, positively

experienced, timely, equitable and efficient?

The Liverpool Provider Landscape Alder Hey Children’s NHS Foundation Trust is a children’s specialist tertiary provider,

it is an acute hospital with accident and emergency services, 246 beds and is

currently undergoing a rebuild which is due to open in September 2015.

Page 12 of 40

196196

Page 175: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Royal Liverpool Hospital and Broadgreen University Hospital NHS Trust is the

largest hospital in Merseyside and Cheshire, split across two sites with the main site

based close to the city centre, providing emergency, general and specialist treatment

to patients from across the region. It is currently undergoing a rebuild which is due to

open in 2017. The Broadgreen site is the main location for all planned general,

urological and orthopaedic surgery, diagnosis and treatment, together with specialist

rehabilitation. The Trust is currently working towards foundation trust status.

Liverpool Heart Chest Hospital NHS Foundation Trust is a specialist provider of

cardiothoracic surgery, cardiology and respiratory medicine, including adult cystic

fibrosis and diagnostic imaging, both in the hospital and out in the community.

Liverpool Women’s NHS Foundation Trust is one of two specialist hospitals

nationally dedicated to women, children and families. The Trust has recently

published information as to the financial challenges it is experiencing and is working

closely with staff, patients, the public and commissioners to develop services that will

support future generations.

Aintree University Hospital NHS Foundation Trust is a provider of general acute

services located in the North of the city. Although Liverpool CCG is not the lead

commissioner for Aintree it works closely with colleagues in South Sefton CCG to

oversee the quality of its services.

Mersey Care NHS Trust is a specialist provider of mental health services. They

provide specialist inpatient and community mental health, learning disabilities,

addiction management and acquired brain injury services for the people of Liverpool,

Sefton and Kirkby. The Trust also provides secure mental health services for the

North West of England, the West Midlands and Wales. The Trust is currently working

towards foundation trust status.

Liverpool Community Health NHS Trust deliver community health services to people

in their own homes and across 70 community locations. Services include community

nursing, health visiting, school nursing, podiatry, physiotherapy, treatment and walk

in centres.

Page 13 of 40

197197

Page 176: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Spire Liverpool Hospital is a private provider of elective medical and surgical

procedures. Liverpool CCG commission a range of NHS procedures via the hospital

based in the south of the city.

Specific collaborative commissioning arrangements are in place for key Trusts and

services which deliver services across multiple CCG boundaries and populations.

Examples of the latter include the Collaborative Commissioning Forum for Aintree

University Hospital and the wider North West arrangements effecting the

commissioning of ambulance services and NHS 111.

The CCG has continued to build a strong relationship with the NHS England

Cheshire & Merseyside Sub Regional Team, including specialist services

commissioners.

The CCG is an active participant in and supporter of the Merseyside CCG Network –

this provides a valuable forum for Chief Officers, Chairs and Chief Finance Officers

to meet monthly and discuss matters of common interest and concern,

recommending actions or interventions to Governing Bodies.

Commissioning & Quality

The Commissioning model or cycle is not a stepped process that ends with the

award of a contract. Contract or Service Level Agreement variations can and should

be acted upon when commissioners have knowledge of intelligence around changing

needs, changes in populations, community feedback or provider performance

warrants action.

Page 14 of 40

198198

Page 177: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

SECTION TWO: EMBEDDING QUALITY IN LIVERPOOL

Governance Arrangements The CCG operates within the wider governance arrangements of the NHS.4

4http://www.nhs.uk/NHSEngland/thenhs/about/Pages/nhsstructure.aspx

Page 15 of 40

199199

Page 178: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Acknowledging that the NHS through the CCG cannot effect significant improvement

in the health of the population alone, effective relations with Liverpool City Council

are critical to the delivery of health services and health improvements across the city.

At the strategic level, the CCG Governing Body membership includes the Deputy

Mayor and the Director of Public Health, with the Director of Adult Social Care also in

attendance. The CCG also continues to fully support the work of the Mayoral Health

Commission and is a member of the Health & The Wellbeing Board.

The importance of this relationship is evidenced by the commitment of the CCG to

the ‘Better Care Fund’ and continued expansion of the formal Partnership Agreement

(Section 75) between the Council and CCG, alongside the further development of

our joint approach to personalised health budgets. The Joint Health & Wellbeing

Strategy 5 was jointly produced and informed the CCG’s own 2 and 5 year

commissioning plans and strategy.

The CCG regularly attends meetings of the City Council Adult Social Care and

Health Select Committee and provides the Committee with updates and progress

reports on key actions and activities. The Chief Nurse acts as vice-chair for both the

adult and children's safeguarding board.

Member Practices The CCG has developed a locality based structure, with three localities (North,

Central and Matchworks) that provide, via their locality Chairs and Lead GPs, direct

input into the Governing Body, supported by regular locality meetings. The localities

themselves are underpinned by eighteen neighbourhoods that provide a direct link

into member Practices. At least twice a year all member Practices are brought

together for city wide development and engagement events.

5http://liverpool.gov.uk/council/strategies-plans-and-policies/adult-services-and-health/health-and-the CCGllbeing-strategy/

Page 16 of 40

200200

Page 179: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

CCG Governing Body Reporting The Governing Body’s main function is ensuring that the CCG has appropriate

arrangements in place to exercise its functions effectively, efficiently and

economically and in accordance with the CCGs principles of good governance.

A corporate performance report that includes the quality aspects of performance is

presented monthly to the Governing body. The report provides evidence of the

progress being made across the organisation at both an organisational and

individual service provider level, as well as providing a summary of CCG

performance in relation to the NHS Outcomes Framework. It also allows for

performance analysis against key Public Health/local outcomes; providing the

Governing Body with a report structure which maps progress against statutory

reporting requirements and measurement across the priority programme areas of;

Mental Health; Healthy Ageing; Long Term Conditions; Children; Learning Disabilities

and Cancer. This allows the clinical leads in each of these areas, who all have a

place on the Governing Body, to be kept fully informed.

Due to the way in which these indicators are measured, the majority of these

elements will be reported upon on a quarterly and annual basis. Where possible,

Liverpool is benchmarked against other ‘Core City’ CCGs and ranked against

relevant NHS Outcome ambitions

Quality, Safety and Outcomes Committee Appointed by the Governing Body, this committee makes recommendations to the

Governing Body on quality and safety processes across all commissioned services.

The committee should ensure that quality and patient safety is coordinated and

transparent, with a coherent and systematic review of the system.

In line with the recommendations of the National Quality Board (NQB), the Quality,

Safety and Outcomes Committee (QSOC) have established a Quality Early Warning

Dashboard. The purpose of this dashboard is to provide the CCG with a system to

identify any issues and risks relating to patient quality and safety; particularly for

those areas identified by the NQB as potential indicators of quality and safety issues.

Page 17 of 40

201201

Page 180: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

The dashboard covers all NHS Trusts within the Merseyside area and includes Risk

Profiles for each organisation issued by the Care Quality Commission (CQC) and

Monitor Risk and Financial Ratings. Minutes of Trust level CQPG meetings will be

reviewed at QSOC.

Where risks have been identified they will be actively managed through CCG

governance arrangements overseen by the Quality, Safety and Outcomes

Committee, individual Trust Clinical Quality and Performance Meetings and

collaborative commissioning arrangements with Merseyside CCGs.

Underpinning the work of the Quality, Safety and Outcomes Committee and CQPGs

are the CCG Quality Team, led by the CCG Chief Nurse/ Head of Quality. This team

provides strategic and operational leadership for key components of the quality work

stream.

Risk Management Commissioning healthcare inevitably carries risk. As a public body, the CCG has a

statutory commitment to manage any risks that affect the safety of its employees,

patients and its commissioned, financial and business services by adopting a

proactive approach to the management of risk. A Risk Management Strategy6 sets

out the CCGs intentions and arrangements for the effective evaluation and

management of risk. It is recognised that inadequately managed risks within

commissioned services have the potential to prevent the CCG from achieving its

objectives and may directly (or indirectly) cause harm to those it cares for, employs

or otherwise affects as well as incurring loss relating to assets, finance, reputation,

goodwill, partnership working or public confidence.

The Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Committee The Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Committee is a formal sub-committee of the CCG

Governing Body. It provides an ‘independent’ assurance and scrutiny function on

behalf of the Governing Body of the effectiveness of the CCGs systems and

6www.liverpoolccg.nhs.uk

Page 18 of 40

202202

Page 181: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

processes for governance and internal control. As such it should be viewed as ‘out

with’ a hierarchical Committee structure. The Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Committee has

delegated authority to approve the CCGs risk management arrangements and

monitor on-going compliance; ensuring that the risk assurance procedures are being

followed and reviewed on an annual basis.

Identifying and Managing Risks in Commissioned Services The CCG has a statutory duty to secure continual improvement in the quality of

services and to assist/support NHS England in relation to its duty to improve the

quality of primary medical services. The CCG is committed to its responsibility to

monitor the safety and quality of services it commissions and taking action where

there are significant concerns (depending on the circumstances, this could be

alongside the relevant regulatory body). The Governing Body will discharge this

function through its committee structure (and the Chief Nurse) by maintaining

oversight of the assurance processes in place for commissioned services with regard

to clinical risk management, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following:

• Safeguarding of adults and children;

• Clinical Governance;

• Information Governance;

• Health & Safety;

• Infection Prevention & Control (IPC) and;

• Performance management of Serious Incidents (SI) reported by

commissioned healthcare services.

Where there are concerns that there may be a serious safety or quality failure within

a provider organisation which cannot be dealt with through established

operational/governance systems, the CCG’s Chief Officer may take one or more of

the following actions:

• Notify the Care Quality Commission;

• Notify NHS England;

• Organise a risk committee.

Page 19 of 40

203203

Page 182: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Quality Surveillance Groups On a wider health economy level, NHS England, through its’ Cheshire & Merseyside

Sub-Regional Team has established a Quality Surveillance Group (QSG) of which

NHS Liverpool CCG is an active member, along with each of the Merseyside CCGs

and other key partners and stakeholders. QSG act as an important mechanism for

the sharing and analysis of significant information and intelligence about

commissioned services. This enables early detection of deteriorating quality and an

‘early warning’ of potential risks to patient safety. Where necessary, the QSG will

conduct enhanced surveillance of providers until evidential assurance of sustained

quality improvement is demonstrated.

Enhanced surveillance, ‘Quality Reviews’ and ‘Risk Summits’ can be triggered by a

number of factors; such as an unacceptably high risk rating following the outcome of

a Care Quality Commission inspection, combined intelligence and quality data which

highlights serious issues, aggregated thematic reviews of Serious Incidents and

complaints or a continued failure to achieve minimum quality targets. Although led by

the Sub-Regional Team of NHS England, both the Quality Review and Risk Summit

process involve a range of partners, such as the CQC, Health Education England

and Local Authorities to ensure that an informed and inclusive view of the issues can

be considered and proportionate actions to improve quality can be taken forward and

monitored.

Healthwatch7 Healthwatch Liverpool is based in the independent voluntary sector and takes on the

role of patients champion for local health and social care service. It engages with the

CCG on a number of levels in order to contribute to the local quality

agenda. Healthwatch Liverpool also works alongside various other commissioning

and regulatory bodies to scrutinize the quality of a wide range of local health and

social care service providers. Healthwatch Liverpool provides a patients perspective

on both the quality of the CCG itself and on the quality of the services that it

commissions.

7http://www.healthwatch.co.uk/

Page 20 of 40

204204

Page 183: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Healthwatch Liverpool currently attends a number of meetings relevant to LCCG in

order to carry out its role: NHS England Quality Surveillance Group, The local Health

and Wellbeing Board, LCCG Board (non-voting), The LCCG Patient Engagement

and Experience Group and Primary Care Commissioning Committee (non-voting).

Healthwatch Liverpool also comments on the annual Quality Accounts of local NHS

Trusts. It also engages with LCCG regarding the Equality Delivery System

submissions of both local NHS Trusts and LCCG itself. They have their own systems

for independently gathering intelligence regarding the quality of local health and

social care providers, and additional to regular dialogue on this subject with LCCG

colleagues; Healthwatch Liverpool publishes an annual report detailing its work.

Safeguarding Children and Adults The protection of vulnerable children and adults at risk from abuse and neglect is

fundamental to delivering health and wellbeing, and core to delivering the quality

agenda. Our approach is contained in a Safeguarding Declaration.8

The CCG Safeguarding Service is hosted by Halton CCG and covers the Merseyside

footprint of Knowsley, Halton, Liverpool, Southport and Formby, South Sefton and St

Helens CCG areas.

NHS Liverpool Clinical Commissioning Group ensures that organisations

commissioned to provide services have appropriate safeguarding systems, including

clear accessible policy and procedure, safe recruitment, training and governance

systems. The principle philosophy is that safeguarding is everybody’s business and

all staff will respond and act to raise safeguarding awareness and address any

emerging issues.

The CCG is an active partner on the Liverpool Children’s Safeguarding Board and

the Liverpool Adult Safeguarding Board, with membership representation at

governing body level on both of these.

8http://www.liverpoolccg.nhs.uk/About_Us/Publications.aspx

Page 21 of 40

205205

Page 184: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Primary Care as a sector is receiving specific support from the CCG in the form of a

designated GP lead for safeguarding, whose role it is to work directly with GPs,

practice managers and practice nurses.

Complaints Liverpool Clinical Commissioning Group aims at all times to provide local resolutions

to complaints and takes all complaints seriously. When dealing with complaints the

main purpose for the CCG is to remedy the situation as quickly as possible and

ensure the individual is satisfied with the response they receive. It is important that

individuals feel that they have been fairly listened to, treated with respect and any

issues raised have been satisfactorily resolved within agreed timescales.

The time limit for making a complaint, as laid down in the Local Authority Social

Services and National Health Service Complaints (England) Regulations 2009, is

currently 12 months after the date on which the subject of the complaint occurred or

the date on which the matter came to the attention of the complainant. An

acknowledgement of the received complaint is made within 3 working days, to

acknowledge the complainant’s concerns. The CCG aims to provide a formal

response to complaints received within 35 working days, however depending on the

complexity of the complaint, longer may be required. Any time extensions are

agreed the complainant is kept informed of progress throughout the investigation.

The CCG aims to remedy complaints locally through investigation and meetings if

appropriate, however if the complainant remains dissatisfied they have the right to

refer their complaint to the Parliamentary and Health Service Ombudsman (PHSO)

as the second stage. The Chief Officer personally signs off complaint responses.

Equality The Equality Act 2010 requires us to meet our Public Sector Equality Duty across a

range of protected groups including age, gender, race, sex, sexual orientation,

religion/belief, gender identity, marital/civil partnership status and

pregnancy/maternity status.

Promoting equality is at the heart of NHS Liverpool CCGs core values; ensuring that

‘everyone counts’ and that the CCG commission services fairly and inclusively and Page 22 of 40

206206

Page 185: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

with no community or group marginalised in the improvements that will be made to

health outcomes across the city.

Our published Equality Objectives are:

• To make fair and transparent commissioning decisions;

• To improve access and outcomes for patients and communities who

experience disadvantage;

• To improve the equality performance of our providers through robust

procurement and monitoring practice

• To empower and engage our workforce

The key functions that enable Liverpool CCG to make commissioning decisions and

monitor the providers have considered the needs of protected groups (in an

auditable manner) include:

• Commissioning processes;

• Consultation and engagement;

• Procurement functions including Pre-Qualification Questionnaire (PQQ)

and Invitation to Tender;

• Contract specifications;

• Quality contract and performance schedules, and;

• Governance systems.

Failure to comply has legal, financial and reputational risks. The CCG will continue to

work internally, and in partnership with our providers, community and voluntary

sector and other key organisations to ensure that the CCG advance equality of

opportunity and meet the requirements of The Equality Act 2010.

Serious Incidents & Never Events Liverpool CCG follows the national Serious Incident framework for recognising,

reporting and investigating when things go wrong. 9 All Serious Incidents are

managed on the Strategic Executive Information System, commonly referred to as

STEIS. The system enables electronic logging, tracking and reporting of Serious

Incidents.

9https://www.england.nhs.uk/ourwork/patientsafety/serious-incident

Page 23 of 40

207207

Page 186: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

The review process at CCG level considers the investigation report and associated

action plan. Action plans should contain clearly articulated actions and

recommendations that follow logically from the findings of the investigation to inform

any lessons to be learned. Actions should be designed and targeted to significantly

reduce the risk of recurrence of the incident. The CCG will close incidents on receipt

of the final investigation report and action plan if they are satisfied that the

requirements outlined within the serious incident framework are fulfilled.

Additionally the CCG uses the Clinical Quality and Performance Group meeting

arrangements (see Section Three) to gain assurances that lessons have been learnt

and improvements are sustained.

‘Never events’ are a specific type of serious incident and are key indicators that

reveal failures that providers and commissioners need to learn from to eradicate

them entirely from NHS care. NHS England ensures openness and transparency

through the publication of patient safety data by the monthly publishing of data on

Never Events on the NHS England the website.

Page 24 of 40

208208

Page 187: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Local Residents and Patients Engagement Liverpool CCG is committed to effective engagement, involvement and consultation

with Liverpool’s communities. The CCG recognise that understanding people’s

experiences and perspectives can be used to improve services, health and the

wellbeing and to reduce differences in people’s health experiences. The CCG has

created several ways to ensure the CCG hear views from all Liverpool’s diverse

communities to help shape the health system and services the CCG need for the

future. Page 25 of 40

209209

Page 188: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

A Lay member of the Governing Body has formal responsibility for the oversight and,

if required, challenge to the approach to involvement and engagement being taken.

Liverpool Patient and Public Service Engagement Group meets on a six weekly

basis, chaired by the Lay member of the Governing Body which ensures a strategic

drive to the work.

In addition Liverpool Healthwatch has a formal and monthly invitation to attend

meetings of the Governing Body, providing the opportunity for transparency and a

further scrutiny of our approach. Members of the public are also the welcomed to

attend formal meetings of the Governing Body and these include an ‘open’ question

session for members of the public.

Individual member Practice Patient Participation Groups (PPG) are also encouraged

and supported, with the majority of GP practices in the city having PPGs established

and operational, which link into Patient Forums at a locality level.

City wide engagement events provide the opportunity for strategic input and

engagement. Individual clinical programmes benefit from patient and public

involvement in the service design and procurement of new or changed services. A

full programme of these can be found at www.liverpoolccg.nhs.uk.

SECTION THREE: QUALITY MONITORING IN ACTION

Quality & Contracting in NHS Contracts NHS Standard Contracts cover the range of services provided by the large providers

or Trusts servicing the population of Liverpool which are;

• Royal Liverpool and Broadgreen University Hospitals

• Aintree University Hospital

• Liverpool Community Health NHS Trust

• Mersey Care NHS Trust

• Liverpool Women’s NHS Foundation Trust

• Alder Hey Children’s NHS Foundation Trust

• St Helens & Knowsley NHS Trust

Page 26 of 40

210210

Page 189: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

• Spire Liverpool Hospital

• Liverpool Heart Chest Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

The NHS Standard Contract is the key lever for Commissioners to secure

improvements in quality and cost-effectiveness in their secondary care contracts.

There is an expectation10 that commissioners should enforce the standard terms of

the contract, fairly and consistently including the application of sanctions.

There is flexibility within the NHS Standard Contract to vary the application of

sanctions by local agreement. Sanction variations should be agreed in advance, as

part of a deliberate set of measures to create more effective local incentives to

improve services.

The quality of all Liverpool CCG contracts with the above providers will be managed

through the processes outlined in the diagram below;

Sub-Group:Clinical Quality & Performance Group

(CQPG)• Service/Quality Issues where performance is

at risk• SDIPs– current and planning for future• CQUIN• Acts as Clinical Reference Group• Issues reported to LCCG Quality Committee

Sub-Group:Contract Review Meeting (CRM)

• Contract Compliance • Performance Indicators by Exception• Contract Variations• Issues reported to LCCG Contract and

Procurement Sub Committee• Management of MoA items

Commissioner Governing Bodies

Refers Performance Issues

Refers Contractual Issues

/ommissioning Lntentions

(all parties)

KEY /hbTwA/TUAL aEETLbDS

wefers items for /ommissioner decisions

Decisions communicated to contract groups

wefers items for /ommissioner decisions

Collaborative Forum/ontracting trinciples 2015/16

Sub-Group:Information Sub Group

• DQIP• Data quality• Monitor schedule 6 of

Contract

10Everyone Counts: Planning for Patients 14/15 to 18/19 http://www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/5yr-strat-plann-guid-wa.pdf

Page 27 of 40

211211

Page 190: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Meetings involving both CCG and Provider representatives

Contract Review Meetings (CRM) Individual provider negotiated Terms of Reference are agreed for these monthly

meetings to allow for membership and the scope of service provision variations.

Standard agendas are agreed within the terms of reference which include quality and

CQUIN examination by exception rather than the full review.

The CRM will review minutes of CQPG meetings and vice versa, considering the

contractual implications of any decisions, proposals or recommendations agreed at

CQPG meetings. Clinical issues raised at the CRM will be referred to the CQPG

meetings for review and recommendation.

Clinical Quality Performance Group (CQPG) Monthly CQPG meetings are held with individual local Provider Trusts to monitor and

manage quality matters. This is the forum where detailed discussions are held on

quality issues/concerns from intelligence gathered or shared by the provider; to

debate and monitor how the provider is performing against CQUINs and quality

metrics. It provides opportunity for commissioners and providers to promote and

share good practice across front line services.

These meetings are where Liverpool CCG will challenge poor quality and look to

gain assurances regarding plans to improve quality. Contractual levers can be

utilised to support improvements. These improvements are actively led by CCG

Clinicians. According to the Liverpool CCG agreed process, formal notice is to be

issued by the co-ordinating commissioner’s contract signatory notifying the Provider

that a breach has been identified and that the contractual financial sanction will be

applied. Minutes of CQPG meetings will be reviewed by QSOC to ensure system

wide overview.

Measuring Quality There are national metrics that are included in provider contracts that sit under the

'banner' of quality. These include the Darzi principles of Effectiveness, Experience

and Safety metrics, but they have been further developed in Liverpool so that the Page 28 of 40

212212

Page 191: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Quality Schedule within an NHS Standard Contract brings together the growing

plethora of national and local quality initiatives and drivers.

The Quality Schedule sets out standards across providers and the overarching aim

of the Quality Schedule is to support the health care system in achieving their high

level objectives of improving health care.

The Quality Team is responsible for reviewing all national and locally determined Key

Performance and Quality Compliance indicators. The team must evaluate and

rationalise the expectations of these indicators, reduce areas of duplication and

provide an overall structure to aid quality. The structured approach will address the

CQC inspection framework indicators of:

• Are they safe?

• Are they effective?

• Are they caring?

• Are they responsive?

• Are they the well-led?

Monitoring of indicators takes place on a monthly basis using the mechanisms

described above, with performance reports being presented at the respective CQPG

meeting and any other appropriate CCG meeting. Stretch targets are also applied

where appropriate.

CQUIN Setting in Liverpool

A 3 stage approach is being taken locally;

• Gathering Insights and Intelligence – Evaluation of current CQUIN scheme to

determine the potential and direction for further scheme development.

Provider organisations are required to submit a list of CQUIN intentions

against a framework developed by the CCG.

• Identify Local Schemes – Prioritise and agree the local schemes to maximise

quality improvement across the health system. Commence the engagement

process with clinical and programme leads to determine the expected

outcomes, deliverables and quarterly milestones to effectively monitor and

manage performance in year.

Page 29 of 40

213213

Page 192: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

• Develop CQUIN Proposal – Goals should be agreed between commissioners

and providers, with clinical engagement locally, and should reflect both local

priorities and priority areas. Contract negotiation commences through

engagement and consultation at the CQPG meetings.

CQUIN Monitoring Progress against the CQUIN Scheme is monitored on a quarterly basis and

performance is reviewed and evaluated at the CQPG meetings. A financial

evaluation is generated by the CCG and submitted to the provider on a quarterly

basis demonstrating the total amount of CQUIN monies earned against the total

amount available based on the expected deliverables and achievement required

within that reporting period. Performance is also noted at the CRM.

External Scrutiny All Liverpool NHS providers of care are required by statute to produce an annual

Quality Account if they deliver services under an NHS Standard Contract, have staff

numbers over 50 and a turnover greater than £130k per annum.

Quality Accounts allow healthcare organisations to assess quality across the entire

range of their healthcare services, with an eye to continuous quality improvement. It

is not a compliance tool, but rather a means for providers to:

• Demonstrate an organisation’s commitment to continuous, evidence-

based quality improvement across all services;

• Set out to patients where they will and need to improve;

• Receive challenge and support from local scrutineers on what they are

trying to achieve; and

• Be held to account by the public and local stakeholders for delivering

quality improvements

Each year, Liverpool CCG in collaboration with South Sefton CCG, Southport and

Formby CCG and Knowsley CCG invites each trust to present and discuss their

proposed Quality Account with local commissioners.

Page 30 of 40

214214

Page 193: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

The Quality accounts need to be shared, in draft, with the local Health-Watch and

Overview and Scrutiny Committee in the local authority area in which the provider

has its registered or principle office located. NHS England and local Healthwatch

teams may wish to inform their responses to a provider's quality accounts by

discussing it within their QSG. Comments from local scrutinisers need to be included

in the final quality account.

The Quality accounts produced by the NHS providers are uploaded to their quality

account on their NHS Choices by 30 June each year. By uploading their quality

account on NHS Choices, providers have fulfilled their statutory duty to submit their

quality account to the Secretary of State.

Quality & Contracting with Care Homes The North West Commissioning Support Unit (NWCSU) is responsible for the

performance and quality monitoring for Nursing Homes and are commissioned to

assess for Continuing Healthcare (CHC) and Funded Nursing Care (FNC) and

complex care, for the resident population of Liverpool, on behalf of Liverpool Clinical

Commissioning Group.

Quality Assurance meetings are scheduled monthly in order to provide a holistic

overview of Care Home concerns, sharing of safeguarding information and

improvement projects. These meetings enable closer liaison with Liverpool City

Council and operational and strategic partners. They have led to the formation of bi-

monthly Care Quality Commission meetings, aiding in the provision of preventative

risk management across the entire care home arena.

Care Home monitoring development work is on-going across Liverpool, in order to

ensure further transparency in service provision and provide robust monitoring in

promoting consistent quality improvement across the Care Home sector. Clinical

quality is currently monitored through the collection of Commissioning for Quality and

Innovation (CQUIN) information, and in undertaking joint quality compliance visits

with Liverpool City Council, as per the annual quality review schedule. This work is

very much in its infancy, though to date it has improved working relationships,

enhanced integrated practice and enabled sharing of information.

Page 31 of 40

215215

Page 194: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

The Nursing Home Integrated Dashboard Tool is developing and aims to give

professionals access to valuable information captured at a local level, in a visual and

practical format. This enables required information to be viewed, highlighting early

warning signs and areas of concern at a glance. The tool is also being used to

compare local information alongside relevant national metrics, in order to inform best

practice guidelines.

The current collected information will change over time in order to provide the most

appropriate quality data applicable to Nursing Homes. Once the integrated

dashboard is fully populated with all relevant data it will create a single point of

access document, in order to increase transparency in service provision, whilst

providing holistic warning signs, in order to proactively respond to and provide

necessary support. Work on the Integrated Dashboard is currently on-going and

dependant on receipt of requested quality information.

Quality & Primary Care Services The quality of General Practice primary care services has continued to be a key

priority for the CCG and is overseen by the Primary Care Quality Improvement

Committee which is chaired by the CCG Chair. The CCG has developed a range of

methods to build a two-way dialogue with its 93 member practices. All practices are

engaged within neighbourhoods and information flows to and from the locality

leadership team.

The Primary Care Quality Framework, which was introduced in April 2013 and based

on the original Liverpool General Practice Specification, aims to drive continuous

improvement through supporting practices to deliver high quality primary medical

services (and at the same time providing assurances to the NHS England Sub-

Regional Team that Liverpool CCG practices are providing high quality care). Equally

fundamental to this framework is ensuring that every Liverpool general practice plays

their part in realising the CCGs vision.

The Framework consists of 66 evidenced based indicators covering prevention,

cancer, cardiovascular disease (CVD), long term conditions, children’s, urgent care,

planned care and patient experience. With the support of the CCG primary care

team via regular practice visits, GP neighbourhood meetings and Locality Leadership

Teams, practices are presented with opportunities to review performance, identify Page 32 of 40

216216

Page 195: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

priorities, receive support from peers and showcase best practice. A quarterly report

is also presented to the Primary Care Quality Committee to monitor progress and

allow localities to share best practice.

The now the well-established locality and neighbourhood infrastructure facilitates

and assures a local approach to managing quality and variation, as well as

identifying training and education needs (G.P, Practice Managers and Practice

Nurses) and crucially member practice input into the development of clinical

pathways. Localities have reviewed where progress has not been as good as

expected, and actions are set out in the 14 individual Locality Plans to address these

areas.

Quality & Contracting VCSE Sector Recognising the contribution of the Voluntary Community and Social Enterprise

(VCSE) sector, a specific form of Service Level Agreement (SLA) has been

developed to encourage their participation in the health economy and recognise their

organisational differences and ability to respond to requests for large amounts of

data connected to a small amount of funding. This is used with the VCSE sector for

matters where the anticipated contract value (over its life, including any possible

extensions) does not exceed £111,000.

Where their value exceeds £111,000, commissioners will revert to using the standard

NHS Terms for the Purchase of goods or services. The SLA is also not suitable for

use in connection with the commissioning of any clinical services – in such

circumstances the NHS Standard Contract will then be used.

Healthy Liverpool Community Grants Liverpool CCG has a grant programme which aims to create a healthcare system

which empowers individuals and communities to influence health services, to take

control of their own health and to access the right medical help when needed.

Large grants (up to £70 k over 2 years) and small grants of up to £10k are distributed

through an application process with distinct funding rounds. All successful groups will

sign up to specific terms and conditions and all their work will be subject to an

evaluation so impact can be recorded and learning from innovative approaches

gathered by commissioners.

Page 33 of 40

217217

Page 196: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Quality & Contracting North West Ambulance Service The North West Ambulance Service (NWAS) is provided on a North West basis for

the Paramedic and Emergency Service (PES) and for Patient Transport Services

(PTS). NWAS hold four of the five county level contracts including that for

Merseyside.

Commissioning is led by Blackpool CCG who act as lead with 'county' leads in each

area. The county commissioning lead for Merseyside is Liverpool CCG Head of

Operations.

The contracts are formally managed via a monthly meeting of the Strategic

Partnership Board (SPB) that includes the Blackpool team as lead, county

commissioners and the NWAS executive team. This meeting holds the provider to

account and monitors performance and delivery.

Merseyside as a county, have a monthly meeting that includes managerial and

clinical leads from all the CCGs that looks at local performance and delivery.

Performance and delivery data is made available monthly and the CCG also has

access to the online data portal hosted by NWAS that allows ready access to

performance information.

Quality & Contracting Individual Funding Requests

The CCG needs to make arrangements for the management of applications for

funding for residents which fall outside the commissioning groups’ contracts with

their local, regional and national providers of clinical services or are exceptional

cases.

Liverpool CCG, in collaboration with the other Cheshire and Merseyside CCGs has

delegated the North West Commissioning Support Unit (NWCSU) through a service

level agreement to performance manage and deliver the service in a timely and co-

ordinated process within the scope of one organisation. This has resulted in:

• A region wide comprehensive and consistent managed service,

including an appropriate panel considered application and appeals

process with standardised policies.

Page 34 of 40

218218

Page 197: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

• A standard IEFR application form/referral process developed and

endorsed by representative clinicians from across the CCGs.

• A strong clinical involvement by professionals trained and experienced

in managing applications for individual care packages.

As this is a service for referring clinicians to make applications for treatments and

interventions that are not routinely commissioned, the service is cognisant of

relevant CCG resource allocation principles or policies when processing applications

for funding non-contract activity to ensure that resources are deployed to achieve

optimal health gain for the population.

The service does not provide a Medicines Management review component. All

applications are clinically triaged via Liverpool CCG Medicines Management Team.

The service provided by the NWCSU is reviewed by the CCG at quarterly Service

level agreement meetings. The CCG agreed two KPIs for the year 2014-2015:

• 95% of all IEFR applications are processed with 56 days of receipt by

the CSU

• 100% of IEFR decision letters will be sent out within 10 working days of

the clinical decision (from triage or panel) being made. These letters

are sent out on behalf of the CCG.

The tolerance of 95% was agreed as some very complex cases may require longer

than the 56 days particularly if additional specialist opinion is sought in order to be

able to make an informed decision.

Activity reports are produced by the NWCSU on a monthly, quarterly and annually

basis to the CCG for inclusion in their performance reports.

Quality & Workforce To enable the CCG to provide the highest possible standard of service and deliver

against its strategic objectives there is a requirement to ensure that it recruits, retains

and develops staff within a culture of education and learning. The CCG needs to

ensure that it has the appropriate mix of knowledge and skills at all tiers of the

organisational structure. The organisation is therefore committed to the development

of its employees and aims to support them through this process.

Page 35 of 40

219219

Page 198: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Liverpool CCG requires all employees to complete, and keep up to date with their

statutory and mandatory training. This is delivered via e-learning and its content and

frequency is aligned to the requirements of the UK Core Skills Training Framework.

This framework, developed by the Skills for Health for the health sector, helps to

ensure the quality of the training defines the expected learning outcomes and

proposes refresher periods.

Liverpool CCG continuously aims to ensure that through the provision of statutory

and mandatory training and continuous personal development, its employees are

provided with the knowledge, skills and competence to undertake their roles

proficiently.

Page 36 of 40

220220

Page 199: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

SECTION 4: FUTURE CHALLENGES

The CGG has maintained its strong and effective working relationships with providers, NHS England, Liverpool City Council

and external organisations including the Care Quality Commission, Monitor and the NHS Trust Development Authority

(NTDA). Continued partnership working with these stakeholders will greatly enhance our surveillance capabilities and

influence further positive work with our main providers to drive continuous improvements in the quality of healthcare services

for the people of Liverpool.

The Action Plan below is an indication of some of the work that will be taken forward in the next few years by Liverpool CCG

to respond to this challenging agenda in order to maintain quality.

Area of Work Key Stakeholders Led by Deliverables Date completed

Development of Cheshire &

Merseyside agreement on

sanctions

Merseyside &

Cheshire CCGs

Providers

Patients

Alison

Picton

Consistent, clear and auditable trail of

decision making on sanctions

On - going

NHS England Implementation

Plan for GP Primary Care

Commissioning to transfer to

the CCG

NHS England Local

Medical Committee

Public Health

England

Liverpool City

Council,

Scott

Aldridge

Memorandum of Understanding

between the CCGen NHS England

and Liverpool CCG

Governance arrangements

functioning including Primary Care

Commissioning Committee and

May 2015

September 2015

Page 37 of 40

221221

Page 200: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Primary Care

Support Services,

CCG Member

practices.

Primary Care Quality Group

Exercise delegated authority for the

management of GPs core contract

compliance, Directed Enhanced

Services, complaints and premises.

Annual assurance provided to NHS

England, as legally responsible for

GP core contracts

May 2016 and

On-going

Care Homes Integrated

Dashboard

Liverpool City

Council

Patients & Families

CCG

Providers

Jonny

Keville

Hosting and publication of data and

information

Autumn 2015

Serious Incident Management

Process Improvement

Patients and their

families

Providers

Commissioners

NHS England

CCG Quality Team

CCG Safeguarding

Denise

Roberts

Improved performance report

Improved management of provider

improvement action plans

Improved learning shared through

NHS England Quality Forum

On-going

Page 38 of 40

222222

Page 201: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Team

Increased reach of workforce

training

All CCG workforce Zafi Bisti E-learning system September 2015

Acting on Mersey Internal Audit

Agency recommendations

CCG Officers

Governing Body

Ian Davies CCG SMT meetings review of

performance data reported at this

level

December 2015

Patient Experience Project

established

Patients

Providers

NHS England

Healthwatch

CCG

commissioners

Carole Hill Project Plan

Partners engaged

Resources identified

On - going

Integration of services/patient

led services

Patients

Providers

Contracts

Quality Team

Jane Lunt Learning from trailblazer work e.g.

diabetes

Identification of Lead Providers

Collaboration between providers

Integration of contract quality

processes between providers

On-going

Transfer of NWCSU quality

support services

NHS England

CCG

Care Homes, CHC

and Complex Care

Derek

Rothwell

Commissioning intentions agreed

Specification for CHC and IFR

May 15

June 15

Page 39 of 40

223223

Page 202: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Commissioners

Providers

Patients

Contract Awarded

Staff TUPE

September 15

Nurse Re-validation NHS Trusts

CCG

Primary Care

Care Homes

Kerry

Lloyd

Support to CCG, primary care and

nursing home workforce in transition

to new system for revalidation

01/04/16

Implement Sign up to Safety

Pledges to strengthen patient

safety

Community

NHS Trusts

Denise

Roberts

Develop a 3 year Safety Improvement

Plan

Identify the patient safety

improvement areas the CCG will

focus on within the safety plans.

Engage our local community, patients

and staff to ensure that the focus of

our plan reflects what is important to

our community

Publish, report on and update plan

regularly

Page 40 of 40

224224

Page 203: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

NHS LIVERPOOL CLINICAL COMMISSIONING GROUP

QUALITY SAFETY & OUTCOMES COMMITTEE Minutes of meeting held on Tuesday 2nd June 2015 at 3pm

Room 2 4th Floor Arthouse Square

Present Dave Antrobus (DA) Chair/Lay Member Jane Lunt (JL) Head of Quality/Chief Nurse & Vice

Chair Shamim Rose (SR) GP Governing Body Member Fiona Lemmens (FL) GP Governing Body Member Rosie Kaur (RK) GP Governing Body Member Donal O’Donoghue (D’OD) Secondary Care Consultant In attendance Mavis Morgan (MM) Healthwatch Volunteer Helen Smith (HS) Head of Safeguarding Adults –

Safeguarding Service Esther Golby (EG) Deputy Designated Nurse Safeguarding

Children – Safeguarding Service Cheryl Mould (CM) Head of Primary Care Quality &

Improvement Margaret Goddard (MG) Named GP for Safeguarding Julia Stoddart (JS) Programme Delivery Manager, Children

and Maternity Kellie Connor (KC) Clinical Quality & Performance Manager Kerry Lloyd (KL) Deputy Chief Nurse Jackie Johnson (JJ) Senior Information Analyst (Item 5 only) Paula Jones PA/Minute taker Apologies Denise Roberts (DR) Clinical Quality & Safety Manager Paula Parvulescu (PP) Consultant in Public Health Medicine Katherine Sheerin (KS) Chief Officer Tony Woods (TW) Head of Strategy & Outcomes 1. WELCOME & INTRODUCTIONS

The Chair welcomed everyone to the meeting.

Page 1 of 10

225225

Page 204: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST

None

3. MINUTES AND ACTIONS FROM 21ST APRIL 2015

The minutes from the meeting held on 21st April 2015 were approved as an accurate record of the discussions which had taken place subject to the correction to be made on page 3rd bullet to refer to Serious Incidents rather than Serious Untoward Incidents and the correction of a typographical error on page 9 3rd bullet.

Matters Arising and Action Points not already on the agenda. 3.1 DA asked whether the review of the mapping process of provider

resource to ensure reporting done to the Child Death Overview Panel (item 3.4) had been done. He was informed that this was ongoing.

3.2 KL noted that the NHS England half day event re national

frameworks on Serious Incidents and Never Events had taken place and that she had attended. The framework had been reviewed. Steis – there had been a number of additional resources for providers – the process was ongoing and there would be another meeting at the end of June re the management of Steis and commissioner information.

3.3 It was noted that a report on Hospital Based Discharge

Standards would be brought to the August 2015 meeting and had been removed from the June 2015 agenda. Given the need for this to be presented to the Governing Body as well Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee was not the only route.

3.4 Action Point Three – JL noted that she had checked with the

Primary Care Team on the monitoring of patients on Lithium Therapy on below toxic levels rather than therapeutic range.

3.5 Action Point Four – JL noted that the Care Act Update including

transition for young people with complex needs was not ready and would be brought to a future meeting.

Page 2 of 10

226226

Page 205: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

3.6 Action Points Five, Six and Seven – it was noted that the Risk Register and Early Warning Dashboard amendments had been made.

3.7 Action Point Eight – it was noted that work was ongoing on

adding the 2015 Working Together to the statutory guidance and contract variations being required for the key performance indicators around Female Genital Mutilation.

4. RISK REGISTER – REPORT NO: QSOC 14-15

JL presented the Risk Register to the Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee. DA commented on items which did not change and JL noted that there needed to be clarity around risks which did not change and how to manage this. The Quality Team met regularly to discuss the Risk Register and static Trusts should have the non moving risks raised at the Clinical Quality and Performance Groups. KL was to look at the Corporate Risk Register with Stephen Hendry to marry up the processes of the two register and presentation, perhaps future presentations of the Risk Register at the Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee could take the format of a paper with more narrative. FL commented that the Clinical Quality and Performance Groups should report regularly to the Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee, perhaps along the lines of the committees reporting to the Governing Body. KL agreed to look at the best way of doing this and bring comments back to the next meeting. DA asked how other CCGs managed this and in response it was noted that most other CCGs were only the co-ordinating commissioner for one trust unlike Liverpool. CM noted that Primary Care Care Quality Commission issues should be included on the Risk Register as two practices were now in special measures. FL referred to the Alder Hey Safeguarding Key Performance Indicators risk and queried if this should now be green. DA noted that the likelihood was still 20. KC responded that the Trust had demonstrated improvement.

Page 3 of 10

227227

Page 206: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

RK referred to the Alder Hey recruitment risk – JL noted that this was a national issue and that many disciplines were experiencing staff shortages which had led to foreign recruitment. FL noted that the Royal infection control risk was showing a residual rating of 8 current risk 16 but progress was still flat and wondered if the trajectory was wrong. The Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee: Noted the content of the risk register and on-going actions

against medium and high risk areas. Added any additional risks identified at the meeting.

5. TRUST CONTRACT QUALITY – EARLY WARNING DASHBOARD - REPORT NO: QSOC 15-15 KC presented the Early Warning Dashboard to the Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee. The Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee commented as follows:

• DA commented on the presentation and the difficulties in

understanding if % increases were good or bad. JJ responded that green and red coding was used to assist i.e. green was an improvement, red was bad. KC noted that there had been a previous request for comparison with the previous year’s data. JJ noted that they would try to build this in for next year.

• KC noted that Regional Advancing Quality targets Royal

Liverpool Hospital had struggled over several months but was doing a lot better than other providers.

• KC referred to the national Dementia CQUIN and that Liverpool

Heart & Chest Hospital and Liverpool Women’s Hospital were performing better due to their population size.

• JJ noted that this was a standard report produced for all CCGs

but it would be possible to produce something more bespoke if required.

• FL noted the First Episode measure on the Advancing Quality

CQUIN and that the target for Mersey Care was low compared Page 4 of 10

228228

Page 207: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

to 5 Borough Partnership and there had been an improvement only over the last four months. KC suggested that the national physical health CQUIN had a consequential influence over other services. JL noted that Mersey Care were due to receive a Care Quality Commission visit the following week.

• FL referred to heart failure at the Royal Liverpool Hospital

where the target had been set higher than for other providers but performance significantly poorer than the national average – this would be picked up at the Clinical Quality and Performance Group and mitigating factors considered. KC noted that the discharge information fail would also be looked at.

• FL noted Stroke performance at Southport where Liverpool

CCG was not the co-ordinating commissioner but an associate to the contracts and asked for the CCG to ask for an update. KC agreed to do this.

• FL raised the issue of whether the dashboard for North West

Ambulance Service should exclude Stroke and TIA and which was to be checked.

The Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee: Noted the performance of the CCG in delivery of key

national performance indicators and the recovery actions taken to improve performance.

6. SAFEGUARDING REVIEWS – UPDATE AND REVEW OF ASSOCIATED ACTION PLANS – REPORT NO: QSOC 16-15

JL presented a paper to the Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee to give an update with regard to progress in implementing the recommendations from the Reviews undertaken in 2014. The paper contained an overview report and two action plans one for the Mersey Internal Audit Agency Safeguarding Review and the other for the Peer Review of Safeguarding Adults, Safeguarding Children and Looked After Children. The five outstanding recommendations from the Mersey Internal Audit Agency Review would be completed by the end of 2015. The Edge Hill Peer Review had been longer and there were a total of 19

Page 5 of 10

229229

Page 208: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

recommendations, currently five were amber and fourteen were green. The Safeguarding Steering Group met regularly chaired by Fiona Clark at South Sefton CCG. It had signed off the Memorandum of Understanding and the Service Specification. The Key Performance Indicators were monitored via this group. Following the Peer Review there were new posts recruited to in the Safeguarding Service with and a Looked After Children Nurse recruited a Designated Nurse for Looked After Children who had started the previous week. Another Designated Nurse for Children had been recruited and would start the middle of July 2015. A review of the capacity of the Adult Safeguarding Team had resulted in two new members recruited to start in August 2015. It was hoped that Quarter three would show significant improvement. It was noted that the Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee was the vehicle for alerting/notifying the Governing Body about Safeguarding. RK wondered if there was a need for a Designated Nurse in Primary Care. MG noted that there was now a network of Named GPs for the Cheshire & Merseyside CCGs (MG for Liverpool CCG) – she agreed to bring back to the next meeting a flow chart of the Safeguarding capacity for the next meeting with contacts and level of risk. JL referred to Primary Care Safeguarding which previously would have been under NHS England but with the development of co-commissioning should now become simpler and provided opportunity. JL noted in response to query from DA that now that MG was in place as the Named GP items 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4 in the Peer Review Action Plan (Appendix 2) were now green. MM commented on the soft intelligence that GPs were able to glean re potential safeguarding. MG added that this demonstrated the need for multi-agency working to have a joined up approach.

The Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee: Noted the work to date in terms of implementation of

recommendations. Noted the work to complete outstanding recommendations

and the associated timescales. Noted the proposal that the Safeguarding Annual Report

was the vehicle for ensuring improvement to safeguarding systems and processes for LCCG.

Page 6 of 10

230230

Page 209: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

7. SAFEGUARDING SERVICE REPORT - REPORT NO: QSOC 17-15

The Safeguarding Service Report was presented to the Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee: Adult Safeguarding – HS:

• Mental Capacity Act/Deprivation of Liberty Safeguards Coroners Process – death of a person under Deprivation of Liberty now to be informed to the Coroner.

• Serious Case Reviews/Domestic Homicide Reviews updates

were contained in the report.

• Care Homes – four remained suspended from admitting new residents. DA expressed concern about relatives/patients being made aware of the suspension. JL noted that any Continuing Healthcare patients would be assessed. HS added that a suspension was not advertised but neither was it concealed. Legal advice was being sought. MM was concerned about patients who had no family but was assured by SR that each patient in this situation would have representation allocated.

Children’s Safeguarding – EG:

• Provider compliance information for Quarter four would be provided in the next report.

• Serious Case Review Child N – this would be published in the

next couple of days and would probably attract significant media attention. A detailed report would be provided next quarter.

SR asked about possible training for Counter-Terrorism and Security Act re prevention of terrorism. HS responded that this was Home Office funded and there would be statutory training.

The Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee: Noted and approved the content of the document.

8. QUALITY STRATEGY– REPORT NO: QSOC 18-15 Page 7 of 10

231231

Page 210: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

KL introduced the first draft of the Liverpool CCG Quality Strategy to the Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee. The purpose of having a specific strategy was to ensure that quality was embedded in the organisation. Page 2 of the Strategy contained a list of the people who had inputted into its drafting. Section 9 of the Strategy was about embedding quality in Liverpool via the governance structure, Governing Body, Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee, Risk Management, Audit Risk & Scrutiny Committee, Corporate Risk Register, Quality Surveillance Groups, Member Practices, Healthwatch, Safeguarding, Complaints, Equality, Serious Incidents and Never Events along with patient engagement and representation. There were different governance arrangements across all the different commissioning scenarios. Quality in Primary Care Services needed was to be added to the Risk Register. DA felt that this was a comprehensive document, however he felt that there was not enough on patient engagement and this was an excellent opportunity to give it a higher profile within the CCG. DOD commented:

• Efficiency was part of quality. • How did this link to NICE quality standards? • How did we know were aligned to the Quality Accounts

produced by our providers on an annual basis.

KC responded that the Quality Accounts were evaluated against a national toolkit and then priorities developed, this was not a health economy engagement session. CM added that member practices were engaged with via specific engagement sessions and that a Primary Care Strategy was being developed – this could be the appropriate place to link in to the Quality Strategy. JL agreed with this as the document was a CCG document, not specifically belonging to the Quality Team. FL highlighted potential boundary issues within the document as it used the Merseyrail plan but excluded areas in the city such as Kirkdale and Walton in the north of the city. She also asked who the audience was for the document. JL clarified that this was an internal document for the CCG to simplify how we worked together. FL felt that it needed to be shorter/simpler and reference Healthy Liverpool which underpinned everything. KL offered to prepare and Executive Summary to go at the end of the document. Further comments/feedback post meeting were welcomed.

Page 8 of 10

232232

Page 211: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

The Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee: Noted the proposed draft content to date. Made recommendations on content. Considered consultation process for the strategy. Provided timeline on publication.

9. NURSING REVALIDATION AND REVISED CODE

(PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS AND BEHAVIOUR FOR NURSES AND MIDWIVES)– REPORT NO: QSOC 19-15

KL presented a paper to the Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee on the planned changes to the nursing revalidation process and the revised code of practice. A paper would be prepared for the next meeting of the Care Home Project Group with Liverpool City Council from KL. MG suggested learning from the GP revalidation process. JL noted that GPs were independent practitioners and Trust employed nurses had the benefit of a Human Resources Department, Practice Nurses however were in a different situation and this responsibility lay with the GP Practice as the employer. The Quality Team was liaising with Liverpool CCG Human Resources to plan and prepare internal staff for the changes. Work was led by Moira Cain, the Governing Body Practice Nurse member to ensure Primary Care had infrastructure in place to support this. There was concern that nurses coming up to retirement might look to retire earlier rather than go through the revalidation process.

The Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee: Noted the contents of the report. Requested updates as required.

10. SIGN UP TO SAFETY CAMPAIGN –REPORT NO: QSOC 20-15

Page 9 of 10

233233

Page 212: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

KL presented a paper to the Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee on the proposal for Liverpool CCG to sign up to the national safety campaign ‘Sign Up to Safety’. The Quality Safety & Outcomes approved this approach to demonstrate a commitment to ensure that patient safety was integral to the commissioning process.

The Quality Safety & Outcomes Committee: Noted the attached pledge proposals (Appendix 1). Commented on the attached pledge proposals. Contributed further additions to the pledge proposals.

11. ANY OTHER BUSINESS

.

12. DATE AND TIME OF NEXT MEETING Tuesday 18th August 2015 – 3pm to 5pm

Page 10 of 10

234234

Page 213: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

FINANCE PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING COMMITTEE TUESDAY 4 AUGUST 2015 1:30PM – 2:30PM

ROOM 2 ARTHOUSE SQUARE FINAL MINUTES

MEMBERS Nadim Fazlani (NF) Chair Tom Jackson (TJ) Chief Finance Officer Maureen Williams (MW) Lay Member – GB Member Dave Antrobus (DA) Lay Member – GB Member Maurice Smith (MS) GP – Governing Body Member In Attendance Kim McNaught (KM) Deputy Chief Finance Officer Tony Woods (TW) Programme Director – Community Services

and Digital Care Ian Davies (ID) Programme Director – Hospitals & Urgent

Care Phil Saha (PS) Head of Programme Finance Tim Caine (TC) Principal Analyst Lynne Hill (LH) PA/Minute Taker Apologies Katherine Sheerin (KS) Chief Officer Derek Rothwell (DR) Head of Contracts and Procurement Cheryl Mould (CM) Head of Primary Care Quality and

Improvement Jane Lunt (JL) Chief Nurse/Head of Quality Alison Ormrod (AO) Interim Head of Finance Tina Atkins (TA) Practice Manager-Governing Body member 1 Welcome and Introductions Introductions were made and all welcomed to the Committee. 2 Declarations of Interest There were no declarations of interest.

1

235235

Page 214: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

3a Minutes from the previous meeting held on 23 June 2015 The minutes were agreed as a correct and accurate record of

the meeting held on 23 June 2015. 3b Action Notes of the previous meeting held on 23 June 2015 It was noted that actions for August have to be completed in time for presenting to the next Finance, Procurement and Contracting Committee on Tuesday 25 August 2015 10am – 12:30pm. 3b1 Contract Update St Helens and Knowsley TCl to be asked to present the data at the 25 August 2015 FPCC. 3b2 Neighbourhood Development Fund KM to check with PJ/JL if the TOR/JDs have been actioned. Action: KM to follow up with PJ/JL

3b3 Procurement Waivers ID/DR to present a paper to the FPCC on 25 August 2015. 3b4 Publishing Data A paper to be presented to the FPCC in December 2015. Action ID/DR/SH

3b5 Anti Coagulation Tariff Monitoring KM to follow up with TCl to confirm if the Contract Variation has been actioned. Action: KM to follow up with TCl and check if Contract

variation has been actioned. 3b6 Advice of Prescription Procurement It was noted that additional information was received via email by the FPCC members following the FPCC In June 2015.

2

236236

Page 215: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

3b7 Termination of Pregnancy Services (TOPS) ID stated that this will take some time to resolve. It was agreed that there will be a requirement to discuss outside of the meeting and bring any suggestions to a future FPCC. Action: ID to discuss issues of TOPS with appropriate staff.

3b8 Finance and Contract Performance Update Month 02 DA queried the grant payment delays. KM had asked the team to review the reason for delays and the majority relate to lack of information provided by the organisations receiving the grants. Regular meetings have been established between the Finance Team and the Grants Team. Finance are taking ownership of a wider remit around the payments and this includes the monitoring of invoice submission with the individual organisations to minimise delays. DA mentioned the Register for Tradeship and if invoices can be processed via this. KM was not aware of this and agreed to investigate further. Action: KM to identify any potential use of Register of

Tradeship. 3b9 New HQ Building Update ID stated that the CCG has negotiated with NHS Property Services that LCCG can remain in Arthouse until end of November 2015. ID reported that NHS Property Services still taking issue on the dilapidation of the building. The work within the new building has commenced. The Escrow Account will be discussed at the Governing Body meeting. MW thought that there was an issue with the payment. Monies/costs will be invoiced against Hill Dickinson and LCCG will need to be recharged for the payments. KM raised concerns about the correct accounting treatment of these payments. It was agreed that a process will need to be developed to enable payments to be actioned in accordance with auditable financial processes. Action ID/KM to discuss outside of meeting to action.

3

237237

Page 216: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

All other actions have been dealt with or are for future meetings.

4 Finance & Contract Performance Update (FPCC44-15) KM updated the Committee on the Finance and Contract Performance report and stated that as this is month 3 the data is limited however some useful information available for the Committee. The following was highlighted:

• On target to meet annual spending forecast • Underspent in a number of areas including contracts, however as it

is the first quarter there is no cause for concern or forecast issues. A review of the agreed investment programme is ongoing to identify phasing of expected spend. This work will be finished at the end of the month and will contribute to the future financial plan. DA queried the overspend of £50k on Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services (CAMHS). KM agreed that she will follow this up as it appears it could be an anomaly with the coding of expenditure and phasing of budget. Action: KM to check on the figures on CAMHS.

The Committee noted the Finance & Contract Performance

Update. 5 June 2015 KPI report (FPCC45-15) KM stated that the KPIs were continuing to demonstrate achievement of targets and highlighted that we are achieving all aspects of the Better Payment Practice Code (BPPC) targets. This supports the CCG’s intention to pay suppliers promptly and contributes to the social value strategy. DA queried if block contracts are paid in equal twelfths over the year. KM confirmed this unless there were in year contract variations.

4

238238

Page 217: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

NF asked whether the Committee found the report useful. A discussion followed and it was agreed that if the KPIs are indicating a trend that is concerning then this should be reported and routine compliance should not be reported in detail. KM agreed to revise the report with a focus on exception reporting. Action: KM to action and feedback to the team on the

suggested changes to the KPI report. The Committee noted the KPI Report.

6 Contract Update Month 03 (FPCC 46-15) KM stated that the report is based on the first two months’ data and as such cannot be relied upon to indicate trends or forecasts. There are some areas of underperformance at this point but the indication is that the activity will be undertaken later in the year. The concerns over the over performance at St Helens & Knowsley Trust (StH&K) will be reported in detail at the next Committee. TC added that the month 3 activity figures had been received today and that the activity is reducing at StH&K. Action: Detailed StH&K activity trends and variance will be

presented to the next meeting. KM to discuss with DR. 7 Mental Health Clustering Issue (verbal update) TJ updated the Committee on the Mental Health Clustering issues. This is a national exercise that CCGs are working to resolve with Merseycare and involves a request for a different payment approach next year. It has thrown out a number of issues and currently teasing out cross subsidisation with Secure Commissioning and CCGs. In addition, there are disparities between the cost of services provided to Liverpool and South Sefton CCGs. South Sefton have stated that they want to operate differential unit pricing between the Liverpool and South Sefton contracts. Further discussions are ongoing with South Sefton and Mersey Care. This approach may lead to further issues with the contract negotiations for the next financial year.

5

239239

Page 218: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

TW asked what approach has been adopted in other areas and Trusts. TJ stated that this is being considered as part of the contract discussions. TJ stated that the update is brought to the Committee so they are aware of the issues and discussions. TJ will to write to South Sefton CCG to formalise the concerns and intentions of LCCG. Action: TJ to write to South Sefton CCG regarding the Mersey

Care contract. The verbal update was noted by the Committee.

8 Information Governance Update Report (FPCC47-15) TW updated the Committee on the previous submission to the FPCC of the final Information Governance submission document in March 2015. The individual policies were not included in that submission, but are now presented here for completeness. TW highlighted the following:

• Our final declaration was a ‘satisfactory’ rating of 72% compliance, with attainment of at least level 2 compliance against all 28 requirements, with level 3 compliance declared against 5 of the requirements.

• The declaration represented an improvement on the 2013/14

declaration of 66%, with level 2 compliance declared across all requirements but no level 3 compliance. MIAA reviewed 8 key requirements and gave ‘significant’ assurance against level 2 attainment.

• TW was the Senior Information Risk Owner (SIRO) but this role will be passed to TJ following the appropriate handover. The Caldicott Guardian remains as Dr Simon Bowers.

• Policies and Procedures will need to be updated to show the new

SIRO and will require the governance team to review them in full to give a corporate view.

6

240240

Page 219: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Action: TJ/ID/ to progress the review of the policies with

the governance team.

• An information Sharing Agreement was signed at the ILinks Development Conference. LCCG have pushed the boundaries and are the only organisation to have undertaken this.

• MIAA have a contract arrangement to provide the IG support to the

CCG. This arrangement continues to be monitored and it is recommended that it is maintained.

• A further report will be provided to the FPCC in November 2015. This will include the current year’s toolkit. Action: TJ/TW to present IG Report and toolkit in

November 2015 MW acknowledged the significant amount of work involved in the preparation and maintenance of the IG Toolkit and expressed thanks to TW and teams involved. MW highlighted her concern that the FPCC are reviewing and adopting the policies but do not have the remit to sign off, as this will be the Governing Body. MW asked if they will have to go through the normal procedure which is HR Committee and/or Governing Body. ID stated that they are not specific HR policies and are general/technical policies and therefore are not required to go to HR Committee. MW reported that Staff Side may have an issue if they have not been consulted. ID suggested that the policies go through to Staff Side as a matter of courtesy to share, however they will be going to the October 2015 Governing Body for final approval. That Liverpool CCG Finance, Procurement and Contracting Committee:

• Noted the final declaration on CCG adherence to Information Governance Toolkit Standards

7

241241

Page 220: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

• Noted the MIAA Information Governance Assurance Review Report and outcome of significant assurance

• Noted confirmation from the Health and Social Care Information Centre (HSCIC) of agreement of the CCG declaration

• Noted the key changes to management arrangements for 2015/16 and the ongoing improvement programme

• Recommend the Governing Body approve the Policies and Procedures Action: TW Information Governance Policies and

Procurement to be presented to the October 2015 Governing Body for ratification.

9 Any Other Business Professional Services Review MW stated that some time ago NHSE had issued guidance around the re-procurement of CCG external auditors who have to be in place by 2017 so the process should start next year. The guidance specified the establishment of a Recruitment Panel and specified various matters around conflicts of interest and independence. The guidance assumes most of the panel will be Audit Committee members although the Final Panel has to formally be approved by the Governing Body. MW suggested that this would be a useful opportunity, and good practice, to review all CCG Professional services since many have not been reviewed since PCT days. Such a review could include External Audit, Internal Audit, Legal Services, Pay Roll and any other services deemed appropriate to include. MW suggested that it should be the new independent panel who looks at all professional service providers and decides on how we progress to procurement. (Post minutes note – this Panel is essentially a task and finish group and will have no permanent existence MW). TJ supported reviewing all the professional services however he reminded the committee that the Panel will need to take into consideration any current contractual arrangements. ID stated that the current NHS Procurement Framework approach was used in respect of Legal Services and had been taken historically from

8

242242

Page 221: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

Primary Care Trusts (PCT). Our current legal professional services are taken from that framework and that contracts do not exist for the professional legal services we currently have in place. The Committee agreed to the review and delegated it to the Audit Risk and Scrutiny Committee to process and return back to FPCC with its recommendations when completed. The Panel to be established would need to review the following professional services using the same panel (with the relevant officers involved where appropriate).

• Audit - Internal /External • Legal services • Payroll • Other areas to be considered within the work plan

Action: Review of current professional services/

contracts and provision of detail and commitments to Audit Committee Date to be confirmed(DR/ID/MW)

Action: Set up Audit selection / recruitment panel in accordance with NHSE Guidance and time for selection/recruitment of professional services before 2017 for Liverpool CCG (MW/TJ/DR)

Date and time of next meeting Tuesday, 25 August 2015 10am – 12:30pm – Room 2, Arthouse Square.

9

243243

Page 222: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

244244

Page 223: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

HEALTHY LIVERPOOL PROGRAMME

HOSPITAL BASED SERVICES

COMMITTEE(S) IN COMMON

KNOWSLEY, LIVERPOOL AND SOUTH SEFTON CCGS AND NHSE

WEDNESDAY 5 AUGUST 2015

PRESENT:

Nadim Fazlani Chair NHS Liverpool CCG Katherine Sheerin Chief Officer NHS Liverpool CCG Fiona Clark Chief Officer NHS Sefton CCG Tom Jackson Chief Finance Officer NHS Liverpool CCG Graham Morris Governing Body Member NHS Sefton CCG Donal O’Donoghue Secondary Care Doctor / Governing Body Member NHS Liverpool CCG Samih Kalakeche Director of Adult Services and Health Liverpool City Council Paul Brickwood Chief Finance Officer NHS Knowsley CCG Ian Davies Head of Operations & Corporate Performance NHS Liverpool CCG Carol Hughes PA / Minutes NHS Liverpool CCG

APOLOGIES:

Andy Pryce GP / Chair NHS Knowsley CCG Dianne Johnson Chief Officer NHS Knowsley CCG Ian Moncur Councillor Sefton Council

245245

Page 224: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

1.0 1.1

Welcome, Introductions and apologies Chair welcomed all and introductions were made. Apologies were received as above.

2.0 2.1

3.0

3.1

Minutes & Actions of the Meeting held on the 6 May 2015 The minutes of the previous meeting were agreed as a true and accurate record subject to the following amendments:

• To include Ian Davies in attendee list • 6.1 to amend Technical Innovation to Digital Health 7.8 Mayor’s Health Summit: SK updated that the Mayor’s Health Summit scheduled for September had been moved and will now be held in November 2015. 8.0 RLBUHT Foundation Trust application KS advised that the FT application would now be submitted to Monitor in September 2015. Healthy Liverpool Programme Overview A presentation was provided by T Jackson who noted that the Healthy Liverpool Programme remains a whole system transformation programme with 5 main transformation workstreams and 6 commissioning based service improvement programmes which would contribute to transformation generally. The Clinical Directors for each programme area were confirmed:

• Community: Dr Janet Bliss • Urgent Care: Dr Fiona Lemmens • Digital : Dr Simon Bowers • RHBC : Dr Donal O’Donoghue • Living Well: Dr Maurice Smith T Jackson highlighted the Living Well key milestones:

• Business Case approved by Governing Body on the 14 July 2015 • Physical and Sport Executive Board established in May and meet every 6 – 8

weeks • All 5 sub-groups to be established by September • Engagement and insight work to commence in October • Promotion of family activities through Change for Life summer campaign launched

in partnership with PHE • Community Grants Scheme launched • Physical Activity to be included in the GP Spec for 2016/17. • Recruitment of new post to commence August. •

246246

Page 225: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

T Jackson highlighted the strands and themes of both the Digital Care and Innovation and Community Workstreams and following discussion S Kalakeche requested that Children and Families should be included in the community services model. Dates of HLP engagement were provided with events being run to test principals and key themes with the public. It was noted that staff side engagement was a challenge about how to address staff within Liverpool. Staff side had attended the programme advisory board and further work is required for more involvement with staff. HLP is moving through the NHSE assurance process and they are comfortable with the pace and timelines. Next Steps: • September 2015 - Royal FT Outcome • September 2015 - Alder Hey opening • October 2015 - Outcome of appraisal for future form of LCH • November 2015 - Mayoral Summit • Nov 15 March 16 - Pre-consultation engagement programme • May 2016 - Mayoral election • June 2016 on - Formal public consultation on first phase S Kalakeche noted that Mayoral elections would be held in May and asked for other CCGs to consider building in Purdah. With regards to commitment it was highlighted that K Sheerin and N Fazlani would present to Trust Provider Boards during September and October 2015. A series of clinical assemblies will be arranged and a Provider Board established which would also include Trusts from Wirral, St Helens and Southport. S Kalakeche advised that there was a consensus to work together and move away from organisational structures to do something different and that the Local Authority should be included in the provider forum. In response, K Sheerin asked whether consideration should be given across the 3 CCGs about differences in community services e.g. for changes to hospital services what is dependent upon changes in the community which will interlink and how to make sure this adds up. Discussion took place which identified the difference across the 3 CCGs and LAs in relation to discharge planning and for the need to review community models across the 3 areas to understand variation, to agree an acceptable variation, to identify where consistency is required and to agree a consistent process.

247247

Page 226: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

4.0 4.1

The impact in the changes to community services and hospital activity across the 3 areas should also be taken into account. Hospital Programme with feedback from the Clinical Assembly Dr O’Donoghue highlighted the following areas:

• An intention to build on the excellent learning events and clinical summit • Strong view of building system based uniformity and reliable standards with close

correlation of outcomes, locally where possible and centrally where it adds value. • Other areas discussed related to major trauma centre, cancer and relocation of

Clatterbridge and opportunities that brings, cardiology, LWH issues in terms of obstetrics, gynaecology and neonatal.

• Focus on delivery of best possible outcomes for patients Dr O’Donoghue noted that the above were all extremely positive to take to the mayoral summit and to continue to make progress and start engagement in terms of secondary care and primary community care and to build a clinical assembly event around that. I Davies noted that the key output on the day was a whole vision and strategy for hospital services and single service delivery, potentially with collaborative cardiology service for the whole of the city, areas of duplication and variation in outcomes were highlighted, all with different pressures. All providers highlighted problems with workforce and training. Recognition on the day was that this is a journey that requires some pace and that everything cannot be done at the same time, so consideration is needed about what needs to be done at pace in the short and medium term, with the timescale of 20 years for hospital transformation as opposed to the 5 years originally identified. Following much discussion K Sheerin asked whether we were at the point to commission work jointly with Knowsley and Sefton CCG. In response F Clarke noted that there is an assumption that because in hospital care is being provided by LCCG and is the same in other areas there is a danger in repetition of some work. Dr Fazlani commented that joint work could be done but discussion was required about what could be done jointly to avoid duplication of work and what can be jointly commissioned. Agreed that a paper would be produced jointly by K Sheerin, F Clarke and D Johnson about why we should more formally commission together, what should be commissioned and how.

248248

Page 227: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0

Update from NHS England (Specialised Commissioning) None given. Key Next Steps: Dr Fazlani highlighted the key points: to consider: 1. What footprint is chosen and work to be done together, e.g. 3 CCGs

commissioning from Liverpool providers and to agree how that could be done and the impact on providers. However, this doesn’t necessarily mean that we commission the same as long as threshold and standardisation remain the same.

2. What can be commissioned together from Liverpool providers and what that

means.

Action: to consider how to commission from Liverpool and accept broader problems for Knowsley.

K Sheerin advised that a paper will be presented to Trust Boards in September giving an outline of the Strategic Business Case. It was suggested that this should also be presented to Part 2 of CCG Governing Bodies. This was agreed. Action: K Sheerin/Dr Fazlani to also present to CCG Boards.

TJ to provide draft Outline agreement to be discussed at the September CIC meeting.

Any other business None discussed. Date of next meeting: 2 September 2015 – Same venue as CCG network.

249249

Page 228: TH SEPTEMBER 2015 AT 1PM BOARDROOM ARTHOUSE SQUARE …€¦ · Clare Duggan 2.5 Public Health Update Verbal Dr Sandra Davies 2.6 Update ... process challenges ability to embed change

250250